US20190210018A1 - Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries - Google Patents
Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20190210018A1 US20190210018A1 US16/139,831 US201816139831A US2019210018A1 US 20190210018 A1 US20190210018 A1 US 20190210018A1 US 201816139831 A US201816139831 A US 201816139831A US 2019210018 A1 US2019210018 A1 US 2019210018A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- bead
- dna barcode
- dna
- bound
- compounds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 179
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 title claims description 68
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 1079
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 459
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 278
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 268
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 268
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 264
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 182
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 93
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 858
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims description 195
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 141
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 104
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 103
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 92
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 55
- 108020005031 Concatenated DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 53
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 51
- -1 spacer nucleic acid Chemical class 0.000 claims description 41
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 claims description 37
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 claims description 37
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 34
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 32
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 claims description 31
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 29
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 25
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 claims description 23
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- DVGKRPYUFRZAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3 prime Natural products CC(=O)NC1OC(CC(O)C1C(O)C(O)CO)(OC2C(O)C(CO)OC(OC3C(O)C(O)C(O)OC3CO)C2O)C(=O)O DVGKRPYUFRZAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000012911 assay medium Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000019689 luncheon sausage Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000224016 Plasmodium Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 108020004518 RNA Probes Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003391 RNA probe Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004570 RNA-binding Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 108090000848 Ubiquitin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000044159 Ubiquitin Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001338 necrotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007480 sanger sequencing Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 238000007672 fourth generation sequencing Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012175 pyrosequencing Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000007841 sequencing by ligation Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005641 tunneling Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 801
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 137
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 54
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 54
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 43
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 39
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 38
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 37
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 36
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 36
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 35
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 31
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 31
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 31
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 15
- GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lenalidomide Chemical compound C1C=2C(N)=CC=CC=2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 14
- URYYVOIYTNXXBN-OWOJBTEDSA-N trans-cyclooctene Chemical compound C1CCC\C=C\CC1 URYYVOIYTNXXBN-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 13
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002866 fluorescence resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229960004942 lenalidomide Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=N1 DPOPAJRDYZGTIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 108091027305 Heteroduplex Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108010091212 pepstatin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N pepstatin A Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CC(C)C FAXGPCHRFPCXOO-LXTPJMTPSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 8
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 7
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 7
- BWZVCCNYKMEVEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-Trimethylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=NC(C)=C1 BWZVCCNYKMEVEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000003908 Cathepsin D Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000258 Cathepsin D Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000012199 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 101000599042 Homo sapiens Zinc finger protein Aiolos Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 102100037798 Zinc finger protein Aiolos Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- JWESTWISAMMBBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[1-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy]butanoic acid Chemical compound C1=C(OCCCC(O)=O)C(OC)=CC(C(C)NC(=O)OCC2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C32)=C1[N+]([O-])=O JWESTWISAMMBBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]diazenyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004580 Aspartic Acid Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010017640 Aspartic Acid Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108050002772 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase Mdm2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003094 perturbing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000011724 DNA Repair Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010076525 DNA Repair Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000033616 DNA repair Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010016183 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 p16 protease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KPFBUSLHFFWMAI-HYRPPVSQSA-N [(8r,9s,10r,13s,14s,17r)-17-acetyl-6-formyl-3-methoxy-10,13-dimethyl-1,2,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1C[C@@H]2[C@](CCC(OC)=C3)(C)C3=C(C=O)C[C@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@](OC(C)=O)(C(C)=O)[C@]21C KPFBUSLHFFWMAI-HYRPPVSQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012650 click reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ACERFIHBIWMFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-[(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)azaniumyl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)NCC(O)CS(O)(=O)=O ACERFIHBIWMFOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWQUWTMOHXGTNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-n,10-n-bis(4-butylphenyl)-9-n,10-n-bis(4-methylphenyl)phenanthrene-9,10-diamine Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1N(C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2C=1N(C=1C=CC(C)=CC=1)C=1C=CC(CCCC)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 RWQUWTMOHXGTNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007989 BIS-Tris Propane buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006443 Buchwald-Hartwig cross coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102100025064 Cellular tumor antigen p53 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100037799 DNA-binding protein Ikaros Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000721661 Homo sapiens Cellular tumor antigen p53 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000599038 Homo sapiens DNA-binding protein Ikaros Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000005873 Huisgen reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102100032783 Protein cereblon Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 229920001486 SU-8 photoresist Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010076818 TEV protease Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006275 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083111 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006943 Uracil-DNA Glycosidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010072685 Uracil-DNA Glycosidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- GPDHNZNLPKYHCN-DZOOLQPHSA-N [[(z)-(1-cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylidene)amino]oxy-morpholin-4-ylmethylidene]-dimethylazanium;hexafluorophosphate Chemical compound F[P-](F)(F)(F)(F)F.CCOC(=O)C(\C#N)=N/OC(=[N+](C)C)N1CCOCC1 GPDHNZNLPKYHCN-DZOOLQPHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Substances CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N binap Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C(=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris propane Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)NCCCNC(CO)(CO)CO HHKZCCWKTZRCCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000020520 nucleotide-excision repair Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)-n,n-bis[(1-benzyltriazol-4-yl)methyl]methanamine Chemical compound C=1N(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)N=NC=1CN(CC=1N=NN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C=1)CC(N=N1)=CN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 WKGZJBVXZWCZQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'‐deoxycytidine Chemical class O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- HSJKGGMUJITCBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxybutanal Chemical compound CC(O)CC=O HSJKGGMUJITCBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCPFFGGFHNZBEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrachloro-3',6'-dihydroxyspiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2Cl)Cl)=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 QCPFFGGFHNZBEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2-aminoethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(NCCN)=CC=CC2=C1S(O)(=O)=O SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C21OC(=O)C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 NJYVEMPWNAYQQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000208199 Buxus sempervirens Species 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 208000032544 Cicatrix Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229920001875 Ebonite Polymers 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000006736 Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010013958 Ikaros Transcription Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017182 Ikaros Transcription Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010065048 Latent tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010042618 Surgical procedure repeated Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004183 Synaptosomal-Associated Protein 25 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010057722 Synaptosomal-Associated Protein 25 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PZBFGYYEXUXCOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N TCEP Chemical compound OC(=O)CCP(CCC(O)=O)CCC(O)=O PZBFGYYEXUXCOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]phenyl]methanol Chemical class C1=CC(C)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(CO)C=C1 NERFNHBZJXXFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003862 amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007877 drug screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004049 embossing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007824 enzymatic assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002073 fluorescence micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920000578 graft copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012203 high throughput assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012459 muffins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007481 next generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- BVJSUAQZOZWCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BVJSUAQZOZWCKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psoralen Chemical compound C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002165 resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037387 scars Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012174 single-cell RNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- OIHZGFWAMWHYPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N xanthylium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3[O+]=C21 OIHZGFWAMWHYPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAAVRTJSLCSMNM-CMOCDZPBSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-carboxybutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]pentanedioic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BAAVRTJSLCSMNM-CMOCDZPBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHPQFNXOFFPHJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)-phenylmethanamine Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 UHPQFNXOFFPHJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQHSJJGGWYIFCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (e)-1-diazonio-1-dimethoxyphosphorylprop-1-en-2-olate Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)C(\[N+]#N)=C(\C)[O-] SQHSJJGGWYIFCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000177 1,2,3-triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HTJMXYRLEDBSLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CN=N1 HTJMXYRLEDBSLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRSSXGBNBDDPGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azido-5-iodonaphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(I)=CC=CC2=C1N=[N+]=[N-] QRSSXGBNBDDPGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMNGOGRNWBJJKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azidopyrene Chemical compound C1=C2C(N=[N+]=[N-])=CC=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC=CC2=C1 BMNGOGRNWBJJKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFLSOKIMYBSASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-2-[chloro(diphenyl)methyl]benzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1C(Cl)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 JFLSOKIMYBSASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVRPFRMDMNDIDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-quinazolin-2-one Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=NC(O)=NC=C21 AVRPFRMDMNDIDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-SHYZEUOFSA-N 2'-deoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRZUPJILJVGUFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,8-dibenzylcyclooctan-1-one Chemical compound C1CCCCC(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 QRZUPJILJVGUFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGMNPSAERQZUIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O MGMNPSAERQZUIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEPVUMTVFPQKQE-AAKCMJRZSA-N 2-[(1s,2s,3r,4s)-1,2,3,4,5-pentahydroxypentyl]-1,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C1NC(C(O)=O)CS1 JEPVUMTVFPQKQE-AAKCMJRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXAVCFDWHMZCJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyphenoxy]butanoic acid Chemical compound CCC(C(O)=O)OC1=CC=C(CO)C(OC)=C1 LXAVCFDWHMZCJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUCNQOPCYRJCGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenoxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OCC1=CC=C(OCC(O)=O)C=C1 VUCNQOPCYRJCGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSBLTNPMIGYQGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid;boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O.OCC(N)(CO)CO.OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O OSBLTNPMIGYQGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAHZZVIEFRTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-heptylcyclohex-2-en-1-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCC1=CCCCC1=O HBAHZZVIEFRTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKIGAWAEXPTIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyhexanenitrile Chemical compound CCCCC(O)C#N VKIGAWAEXPTIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWDYFACLJZJKIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3-iodophenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)diazirine Chemical compound C=1C=CC(I)=CC=1C1(C(F)(F)F)N=N1 GWDYFACLJZJKIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-Dihydropsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OCC2 VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLTDOAPVRPZLCM-UHFFFAOYSA-O 4-(7,8,8,16,16,17-hexamethyl-4,20-disulfo-2-oxa-18-aza-6-azoniapentacyclo[11.7.0.03,11.05,9.015,19]icosa-1(20),3,5,9,11,13,15(19)-heptaen-12-yl)benzoic acid Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C)NC(C(=C2OC3=C(C=4C(C(C(C)[NH+]=4)(C)C)=CC3=3)S(O)(=O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O)=C1C=C2C=3C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 LLTDOAPVRPZLCM-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- HXOYWJCDYVODON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methoxyphenoxy]butanoic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC(OCCCC(O)=O)=CC=C1CO HXOYWJCDYVODON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWXGSYPUMWKTBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-carbazol-9-yl-n,n-bis(4-carbazol-9-ylphenyl)aniline Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=C(N(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C32)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 AWXGSYPUMWKTBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHAMXGZMZZWRCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-formyluracil Chemical compound OC1=NC=C(C=O)C(O)=N1 OHAMXGZMZZWRCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDBGXEHEIRGOBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hydroxymethyluracil Chemical compound OCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O JDBGXEHEIRGOBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXJHWYVXLGLDMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-O-methylguanine Chemical compound COC1=NC(N)=NC2=C1NC=N2 BXJHWYVXLGLDMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOBSPZHDUJUOES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-diazofluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=[N+]=[N-])C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 LOBSPZHDUJUOES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100039819 Actin, alpha cardiac muscle 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012099 Alexa Fluor family Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000010637 Aquaporins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063290 Aquaporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 108030001720 Bontoxilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009623 Bosch process Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZUHQCDZJPTXVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1#CCCC2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C21 Chemical compound C1#CCCC2=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC=C21 ZUHQCDZJPTXVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDRBIXSNGAYLPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(COC2=CC3=C(C=C2)C(NC(=O)OCC2C4=C(C=CC=C4)C4=C2C=CC=C4)C2=C(O3)C=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(COC2=CC3=C(C=C2)C(NC(=O)OCC2C4=C(C=CC=C4)C4=C2C=CC=C4)C2=C(O3)C=CC=C2)C=C1 RDRBIXSNGAYLPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004225 Cathepsin B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010051109 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000020313 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000317 Chymotrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091028732 Concatemer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-WFVLMXAXSA-N DEAE-cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C(CO)OC(O)C(O)C1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-WFVLMXAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001996 DNA Polymerase beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001132 DNA Polymerase beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000970 DNA cross-linking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Deoxycytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 CKTSBUTUHBMZGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010046331 Deoxyribodipyrimidine photo-lyase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006117 Diels-Alder cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037595 EN1-related dorsoventral syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000231406 Ehretia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000637245 Escherichia coli (strain K12) Endonuclease V Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060002716 Exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical class O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001123946 Gaga Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100040004 Gamma-glutamylcyclotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000006173 Good's buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000959247 Homo sapiens Actin, alpha cardiac muscle 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000886680 Homo sapiens Gamma-glutamylcyclotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000941994 Homo sapiens Protein cereblon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000837344 Homo sapiens T-cell leukemia translocation-altered gene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150016712 IKZF1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150029721 Ikzf3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Dopa Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001367 Merrifield resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006751 Mitsunobu reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZKGNPQKYVKXMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O.CN(C)C(C)=O ZKGNPQKYVKXMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000321453 Paranthias colonus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100271190 Plasmodium falciparum (isolate 3D7) ATAT gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100029812 Protein S100-A12 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710110949 Protein S100-A12 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000781681 Protobothrops flavoviridis Disintegrin triflavin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091093078 Pyrimidine dimer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003559 RNA-seq method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108091027981 Response element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CGNLCCVKSWNSDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N SYBR Green I Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCC)C1=CC(C=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)=C2C=CC=CC2=[N+]1C1=CC=CC=C1 CGNLCCVKSWNSDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000689272 Senna sophera Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003477 Sonogashira cross-coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000205101 Sulfolobus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100028692 T-cell leukemia translocation-altered gene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003875 Wang resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007239 Wittig reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000126002 Ziziphus vulgaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008529 Ziziphus vulgaris Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SIIZPVYVXNXXQG-KGXOGWRBSA-N [(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-4-[[(3s,4r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl [(2r,4r,5r)-2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-4-hydroxy-5-(phosphonooxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC2[C@@H](O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@H]2O)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OP(O)(=O)OCC([C@@H](O)[C@H]1O)OC1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 SIIZPVYVXNXXQG-KGXOGWRBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCDYMMVGBZNUGB-ORPFKJIMSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[[(1r,3r,4r,5r,6r)-4,5-dihydroxy-2,7-dioxabicyclo[4.2.0]octan-3-yl]oxy]-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxan-2-yl]methyl 3-hydroxy-2-tetradecyloctadecanoate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](COC(=O)C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]2OC[C@H]2O1 WCDYMMVGBZNUGB-ORPFKJIMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASJWEHCPLGMOJE-LJMGSBPFSA-N ac1l3rvh Chemical class N1C(=O)NC(=O)[C@@]2(C)[C@@]3(C)C(=O)NC(=O)N[C@H]3[C@H]21 ASJWEHCPLGMOJE-LJMGSBPFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000036981 active tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005576 amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003180 amino resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012197 amplification kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOYVTVSSAMSORJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N atto 655 Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCN1C(C)(C)CC(CS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=C1C=C1OC3=CC4=[N+](CC)CCCC4=CC3=NC1=C2 FOYVTVSSAMSORJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010462 azide-alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010461 azide-alkyne cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001541 aziridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000033590 base-excision repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001556 benzimidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003012 bilayer membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000007321 biological mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940053031 botulinum toxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical group OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetyltrimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- FOCAUTSVDIKZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCl FOCAUTSVDIKZOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940106681 chloroacetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002376 chymotrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006341 curative response Effects 0.000 description 1
- UPUOLJWYFICKJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclobutane;pyrimidine Chemical class C1CCC1.C1=CN=CN=C1 UPUOLJWYFICKJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical group NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dcm dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl.ClCCl DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N desoxyuridine Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 MXHRCPNRJAMMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N desyl alcohol Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- UQLDLKMNUJERMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L di(octadecanoyloxy)lead Chemical compound [Pb+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O UQLDLKMNUJERMK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical compound [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRWZHXKQBITJKP-UHFFFAOYSA-L dithionite(2-) Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)S([O-])=O GRWZHXKQBITJKP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008393 encapsulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003248 enzyme activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- GWWXPPNRXSNHJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-cyano-2-(hydroxyamino)acetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(NO)C#N GWWXPPNRXSNHJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000013165 exonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005021 gait Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011331 genomic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006077 hetero Diels-Alder cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001600 hydrophobic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008624 imidazolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004857 imidazopyridinyl group Chemical class N1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005470 impregnation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010024001 incobotulinumtoxinA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NCC2=C1 PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;2-methylpropane Chemical compound [Li+].C[C-](C)C UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000816 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Chemical group [CH2]OC1=CC=CC=C1 HRDXJKGNWSUIBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037230 mobility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010413 mother solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007040 multi-step synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002365 multiple layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-4-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1.CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNOLJFCCYQZFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[(4-nitrophenyl)-phenylmethylidene]hydroxylamine Chemical compound C=1C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=CC=1C(=NO)C1=CC=CC=C1 LNOLJFCCYQZFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHZQVUQHQIUSPM-PKZQBKLLSA-N n-[1-[(2r,4s,5r)-5-[[bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethoxy]methyl]-4-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-oxopyrimidin-4-yl]acetamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@H](N2C(N=C(NC(C)=O)C=C2)=O)O1 FHZQVUQHQIUSPM-PKZQBKLLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OCDRLZFZBHZTKQ-NMUBGGKPSA-N onetine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@@]1(O)C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C)(O)C(=O)OC\C2=C\CN(C)CC[C@@H](OC1=O)C2=O OCDRLZFZBHZTKQ-NMUBGGKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004792 oxidative damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pacific blue Chemical compound FC1=C(O)C(F)=C2OC(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC2=C1 VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950000964 pepstatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005325 percolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009120 phenotypic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005359 phenoxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940080469 phosphocellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008832 photodamage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003208 poly(ethylene sulfide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000172 poly(styrenesulfonic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000307 polymer substrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005373 porous glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013635 pyrimidine dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000013120 recombinational repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940120975 revlimid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003161 ribonuclease inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010027322 single cell proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007779 soft material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010068698 spleen exonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000021 stimulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150075675 tatC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(propan-2-yl)silicon Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](C(C)C)C(C)C ZGYICYBLPGRURT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylammonium acetate Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CCN(CC)CC AVBGNFCMKJOFIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010087967 type I signal peptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010032276 tyrosyl-glutamyl-tyrosyl-glutamic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009424 underpinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/508—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above
- B01L3/5085—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above for multiple samples, e.g. microtitration plates
- B01L3/50853—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above for multiple samples, e.g. microtitration plates with covers or lids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1065—Preparation or screening of tagged libraries, e.g. tagged microorganisms by STM-mutagenesis, tagged polynucleotides, gene tags
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1068—Template (nucleic acid) mediated chemical library synthesis, e.g. chemical and enzymatical DNA-templated organic molecule synthesis, libraries prepared by non ribosomal polypeptide synthesis [NRPS], DNA/RNA-polymerase mediated polypeptide synthesis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1075—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries by coupling phenotype to genotype, not provided for in other groups of this subclass
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6869—Methods for sequencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B30/00—Methods of screening libraries
- C40B30/04—Methods of screening libraries by measuring the ability to specifically bind a target molecule, e.g. antibody-antigen binding, receptor-ligand binding
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B30/00—Methods of screening libraries
- C40B30/06—Methods of screening libraries by measuring effects on living organisms, tissues or cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B50/00—Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis
- C40B50/04—Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis using dynamic combinatorial chemistry techniques
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B50/00—Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis
- C40B50/14—Solid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the solid support
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C40—COMBINATORIAL TECHNOLOGY
- C40B—COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY; LIBRARIES, e.g. CHEMICAL LIBRARIES
- C40B50/00—Methods of creating libraries, e.g. combinatorial synthesis
- C40B50/14—Solid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the solid support
- C40B50/16—Solid phase synthesis, i.e. wherein one or more library building blocks are bound to a solid support during library creation; Particular methods of cleavage from the solid support involving encoding steps
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/08—Geometry, shape and general structure
- B01L2300/0809—Geometry, shape and general structure rectangular shaped
- B01L2300/0829—Multi-well plates; Microtitration plates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2563/00—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
- C12Q2563/179—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties the label being a nucleic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/16—Primer sets for multiplex assays
Definitions
- the disclosure relates to high-throughput screening using a library of compounds, where the compounds are bound to beads, or contained within beads, each bead containing multiple copies of one kind of compound, where further, the bead also contains DNA tags that encode the identity or synthetic history of the compound that is contained in or on the bead.
- the disclosure so relates to high-throughput assays performed in picowells, where the picowells contain compound-laden beads and assay materials.
- the disclosure further relates to releasing the bead-bound compounds and screening them for biological activity.
- the disclosure contemplates assays where beads are used as delivery-vehicles for compounds, and methods for creating such compound-laden beads.
- the disclosure relates bead-bound compounds, where each compound is made of one or more monomers belonging to a chemical library.
- the disclosure also relates to bead-bound DNA barcodes, that is, to nucleic acids where the sequence of each nucleic acid is a code (not related to the genetic code) refers to one particular chemical library monomer.
- the disclosure further relates to releasing the bead-bound compounds and then screening the released compounds for biological activity.
- the disclosure also pertains generally to methods for perturbing a cell, or a few cells, with a dose-controlled compound, and analyzing the change in the state of the cell by RNA and/or protein analysis.
- the methods disclosed herein could be applied at the single-cell level, or to a plurality of cells, for the purpose of high throughput screening, target discovery, or diagnostics, and other similar applications.
- Combinatorial chemistry for example, involving split-and-pool chemistry, can be used for synthesizing large amounts of compounds.
- Compounds made in this way find use in the field of medicinal chemistry, where the compounds can be screened for various biochemical activities. These activities include binding to one or more proteins, where the proteins are known at the time the screening test is performed. Alternatively, the proteins that are bound by a compound being tested are identified only after a binding event is detected. Compounds can also be screened for their activity of inhibiting or activating a known protein (this is not merely screening for a “binding” activity). Alternatively, compounds can be screened for their activity of inhibiting or activating a cellular function, and where the molecular targets are not known to the researcher at the time of screening.
- the screening of compounds can be facilitated by conducting screening with an array of many thousands of microwells, nanowells, or picowells. Moreover, screening can be facilitated by providing a different compound to each picowell by way of a bead, and where each bead contains hundreds of copies of the same compound, and where the same bead also contains hudreds of copies of a “DNA barcode” that can be used to identify the compound that is attached to the same bead.
- screening of compounds is further facilitated by using cleavable linkers, where the cleavable linker permits controlled release of the compound from the bead, and where the released compound is then used for biochemical assays or cell-based assays in the same picowell.
- Assaying compounds in very small, confined volumes is broadly beneficial, for instance, due to the low volumes of assay reagents needed, and therefore need not be limited to combinatorially generated compounds.
- Any method that can load compounds onto beads, that also allows the compounds to be eluted off the beads at a later time, may be used for delivering bead-bound compounds to assays in small, confined volumes.
- the addition of nucleic acid barcodes to the beads allows the identity of the compound present within the beads to be carried along to the assay volume.
- very high throughput assays may be performed without needing robotics or spatial indexing of compounds within microtiter plates. Millions to billions of compounds may be held within one small vial, the identity of the compounds tagged on the same bead (with DNA) that contains each individual compound.
- a common method for drug discovery involves picking a target of interest and monitoring the interaction of the target protein or enzyme with a large library of chemical compounds.
- a large number of initial hits are found toxic to the body or cross reactive with other proteins in the body, rendering the target-based selection an inefficient method for drug screening.
- the need for a pre-selected target is also an inherent limitation, since it requires the biological underpinning of disease to be well-known and understood. Screening compounds against an entire organism is a difficult, expensive, and very low-throughput task.
- phenotypic screening on cells has involved creating models of diseased-state cells, contacting the cells with various drug libraries, and monitoring if the disease phenotype is corrected by a measurable assay.
- Such screening methods are called phenotypic screening, as the underlying biological mechanism is not necessarily understood at the beginning, but a measurable, phenotypic change that is indicative of a curative response is considered the relevant metric.
- a vast number of cell lines and disease models reflecting various baseline and diseased cell states are available today. Also available are larger numbers of compound libraries and biological drugs candidates.
- the obvious screening campaign combining different cell models with different drug candidates to look for phenotypic responses is fraught with technical limitations as assays are limited to microtiter plate formats and imaging modalities, both of which are severely limited in throughput.
- One method to overcome throughput limitations is to adopt high-throughput single-cell screening approaches to drug discovery (see, e.g., Heath et al., Nat Rev Drug Discov. 15:204-216, 2016).
- single cells are separated and isolated into compartments where individual assays can be performed on each of the cells.
- Genomic analysis via mRNA sequencing of the single cells e.g., using droplet encapsulation, is a popular method that reveals intricate details that are hidden in ensemble measurements (see, e.g., Macosko et al., Cell 161:1202-1214, 2015 and Ziegenhain et al., Mol Cell 65:631-643, 2017, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties).
- the measurements of single-cell mRNA by transcriptome sequencing and profiling are important approaches to investigate molecular mechanisms of not only genealogic phenotypes of cells during disease progression, but also drug efficacy, resistances, and discovery of therapeutic targets (see, e.g., Chu et al., Cell Biol and Toxicol 33:83-97, 2017 , Wang, Cell Biol Toxicol 32:359-361, 2016, and Wang et al., Cell Biol Toxicol 33:423-427, 2017).
- the application of single-cell RNA sequencing has been used to define intercellular heterogeneity, evidenced by transcriptomic cell-to-cell variation, which is extremely relevant to drug efficacy and specificity, transcriptional stochasticity, transcriptome plasticity, and genome evolution.
- RNA-seq single-cell RNA-sequencing
- the application of single-cell RNA profiling for target agnostic high-throughput drug screening and target discovery is constrained by the lack of methods that can efficiently partition different drugs to different cells. While incubating cells or tissues under different perturbations within well plates, followed by single-cell analysis and comparisons between transcript profiles can be done, the number of drugs that can be examined is limited by the plate capacity. Further, the need to prepare barcoded mRNA from each sample in isolation and then perform comprehensive RNA profiles for every sample, creates a major bottleneck, as well.
- the present disclosure provides a system for screening chemical compounds, comprising: (a) A picowell array plate comprising a plurality of picowells, wherein each picowell has a top aperture that defines an opening at the top of the picowell, a bottom that is defined by a floor, wherein the top aperture is separated from the floor, and wherein a wall resides in between the top aperture and the floor; (b) A bead disposed in a picowell, wherein the bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes, and a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds, (c) Wherein the bead comprises a bead-bound DNA barcode that takes the form of either a concatenated DNA barcode or an orthogonal DNA barcode, and wherein if the DNA barcode takes the form of a concatenated DNA barcode the concatenated DNA barcode is made by a method that: (i) Uses click chemistry, or (ii) Use
- the floor of a microwell, nanowell, or picowell need not be flat.
- the floor may be curved as in the manner of the bottom of a glass test tube or metal centrifuge tube.
- the floor may be conical-shaped, as in conical centrifuge tubes.
- the floor may be flat but with notches, for example, notches that facilitate motion of an assay solution or cell culture solution in the vicinity of the bottom of any bead that is sitting in the picowell.
- the present system and methods can require a flat floor.
- the concatenated DNA barcode can be made entirely by methods of organic chemistry, for example, by click chemistry.
- the orthogonal DNA barcode can be made entirely by methods of organic chemistry, for example, comprising click chemistry.
- each cap capable of fitting into the opening of a different picowell, and each cap capable of minimizing or preventing evaporation of fluid that is inside of the picowell, and each capable of minimizing or preventing leakage of fluid that is inside of the picowell.
- the concatenated DNA barcode is made by a method that uses: (i) Both click chemistry and the repeating cycle of steps that uses the splint oligo; (ii) Both click chemistry and chemical methods that are not click chemistry methods; (iii) Only click chemistry; or (iv) Only the repeating cycle of steps that uses the splint oligo.
- the “concatenated DNA barcode” in question does not include any chemical coupler that is used to couple a nucleic acid directly to the bead.
- a spherical cap embodiment what is provided is the above system, further comprising a plurality of spherical caps, wherein each cap is capable of fitting into the aperture of a picowell wherein the aperture is circular, and each cap is capable of minimizing or preventing evaporation of fluid that is inside of the picowell, and each cap is capable of minimizing or preventing leakage of fluid that is inside of the picowell.
- the at least one bead disposed in the at least one picowell comprises at least one response capture element that is coupled to said at least one bead. Also, what is contemplated is the above system, wherein the at least one bead disposed in at least one picowell comprises at least one response capture element that is coupled to said at least one bead, wherein the at least one response capture element comprises: (a) Poly(dT) or (b) An exon-targeting RNA probe.
- the DNA barcode is either a concatenated DNA barcode or an orthogonal DNA barcode
- the DNA barcode comprises one or more DNA barcode modules, wherein each of the one or more DNA barcode modules encodes information that identifies a chemical library monomer, and wherein the concatenated DNA barcode or the orthogonal DNA barcode further includes one or both of: (a) One or more functional nucleic acids; and (b) One or more nucleic acids that encode information of a type other than the identity of a chemical library monomer.
- DNA barcode consists of only one DNA barcode module, or only two DNA barcode modules, or contains only three DNA barcode modules, or only four DNA barcode modules, and so on, or where the DNA barcode comprises at least one DNA barcode module, or comprises at least two DNA barcode modules, or comprises at least three DNA barcode modules, or comprises at least four DNA barcode modules, and so on,
- the bead-bound concatenated DNA barcode comprises: (i) a 1 st DNA barcode module; or (i) a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, and a 2 nd DNA barcode module; or (ii) a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd DNA barcode module, a 2 nd annealing site, and a 3 rd DNA barcode module; or (iii) a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 2nd DNA barcode module, a 2nd annealing site, a 3 rd DNA barcode module, a 3 rd annealing site, and a 4 th DNA barcode module; or (iv) a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd
- a primer binding site capable of binding a DNA sequencing primer, wherein said primer binding site is capable of directing sequencing of one or more of the 1 st DNA barcode module, the 2 nd DNA barcode module, the 3 rd DNA barcode module, the 4 th DNA barcode module, the 5 th DNA barcode module, or the 6 th DNA barcode module, and wherein the primer binding site is situated 3-prime to the 1 st DNA barcode module, 3-prime to the 2nd DNA barcode module, 3-prime to the 3 rd DNA barcode module, 3-prime to the 4 th DNA barcode module, 3-prime to the 5 th DNA barcode module, or 3-prime to the 6 th DNA barcode module, or wherein the primer binding site is situated in between the 1 st and 2 nd DNA barcode modules, or is situated in between the 2 nd and 3 rd DNA barcode modules, or is situated in between the 3 rd and 4 th DNA barcode modules
- the primer binding site is situated in between the 1 st and 2 nd DNA barcode modules, or is situated in between the 2 nd and 3 rd DNA barcode modules, or is situated in between the 3 rd and 4 th DNA barcode modules, or is situated between the 4 th and 5 th DNA barcode modules, or is situated between the 5 th and 6 th DNA barcode modules.
- a primer binding site is situated in between each and every pair of successive DNA barcode modules.
- the bead comprises a DNA barcode that is an orthogonal DNA barcode, wherein the bead comprises an external surface
- the orthogonal DNA barcode comprises: (a) A first nucleic acid that comprises a first DNA barcode module and an annealing site for a sequencing primer, wherein the first nucleic acid is coupled to the bead at a first position, (b) A second nucleic acid that comprises a second DNA barcode module and an annealing site for a sequencing primer, wherein the second nucleic acid is coupled to the bead at a second position, and (c) A third nucleic acid that comprises a third DNA barcode module and an annealing site for a sequencing primer, wherein the second nucleic acid is coupled to the bead at a third position, and wherein the first, second, and third position on the bead are each located at different location on the bead's external surface.
- the DNA barcode comprises one or more nucleic acids that do not identify any chemical library monomer but that instead identify: (a) The class of chemical compounds that is cleavably attached to the bead; (b) The step number in a multi-step pathway of organic synthesis; (c) The date that the bead-bound compound was synthesized; (d) The disease that the bead-bound compound is intended to treat; (e) The cellular event that the bead-bound compound is intended to stimulate or inhibit; or (f) The reaction conditions that were used to couple a given chemical library monomer to the bead.
- each of the plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds is coupled to the bead by way of a cleavable linker. Also provided is the above system, wherein each of the plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds is coupled to the bead by way of a light-cleavable linker. Also provided is the above system, wherein each of the plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds is coupled to the bead by way of a non-cleavable linker.
- the at least one bead comprises grafted copolymers consisting of a low crosslinked polystyrene matrix on which polyethylene glycol (PEG) is grafted.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the present disclosure provides the above system, wherein at least one picowell contains a release-monitor bead, and does not contain any other type of bead,
- the release-monitor bead comprises a bead-bound quencher and a bead-bound fluorophore, wherein the bead-bound quencher is quenchingly positioned in the immediate vicinity of the bead-bound fluorophore and capable of quenching at least 50% (or at least 60%, or at least 70%, or at least 80%, or at least 90%, or at least 95%, or at least 99%, or at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9%) of the fluorescence of the bead-bound fluorophore, and wherein the bead-bound fluorophore is bound by way of a first light-cleavable linker, wherein the picowell containing the release-monitor bead is a first picowell, wherein the first picowell contains a first solution, wherein exposing the first picowell to cleaving conditions is capable of severing the light-cleavable linker and releasing the fluorophore into
- the at least one bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes, wherein the plurality is between 10 million to 100 million copies of the substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes. Also provided is the above system, wherein the at least one bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds, where wherein the plurality is between 10 million to 100 million copies of the substantially identical bead-bound compounds.
- At least one picowell comprises at least one cell
- the plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds are bound to the at least one bead by way of a cleavable linker, and wherein cleaving the cleavable linker releases the bead-bound compound from the bead to produce a released compound, and wherein the released compound is capable of contacting the at least one cell.
- At least one picowell comprises at least one cell
- the plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds are bound to the at least one bead by way of a cleavable linker, and wherein cleaving the cleavable linker releases the bead-bound compound from the bead to produce a released compound, and wherein the released compound is capable of contacting the at least one cell
- the at least one cell is: (i) a mammalian cell that is not a cancer cell, (ii) a mammalian cancer cell, (iii) a dead mammalian cell, (iv) an apoptotic mammalian cell, (v) a necrotic mammalian cell, (vi) a bacterial cell, (vii) a plasmodium cell, (vii) a cell that is metabolically active but has a cross-linked genome and is unable to undergo cell division, or (ix)
- each picowell has a top aperture that defines an opening at the top of the picowell, a bottom that is defined by a floor, wherein the top aperture is separated from the floor, and wherein a wall resides in between the top aperture and the floor, and wherein the aperture is round, wherein the floor is round, and wherein the wall takes the form of a truncated cone, and wherein the aperture has a first diameter, the floor has a second diameter, and wherein the first diameter is greater than the second diameter.
- each picowell has a top aperture that defines an opening at the top of the picowell, a bottom that is defined by a floor, wherein the top aperture is separated from the floor, and wherein a wall resides in between the top aperture and the floor, and wherein the aperture is round, wherein the floor is round, and wherein the wall takes the form of a truncated cone, and wherein the aperture has a first diameter, the floor has a second diameter, and wherein the first diameter is greater than the second diameter, further comprising a cap that snuggly fits into the aperture, wherein the aperture is comprised by a polymer having a greater durometer (harder) and wherein the cap is made of a polymer having a lesser durometer (softer), and wherein the relative durometers of the cap and aperture allow the cap to be reversibly and snuggly fit into the aperture, and wherein the cap is: (i) a cap intended only to plug the picowell and prevent leak
- the above system comprises a picowell array plate comprising an upper generally planar surface, a plurality of picowells, wherein each picowell has a top aperture that defines an opening at the top of the picowell, a bottom that is defined by a floor, wherein the top aperture is separated by a wall from the floor, and wherein the wall resides in between the top aperture and the floor, and optionally, a bead disposed in at least one of said plurality of picowells, wherein the bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes, and a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds, wherein the picowell array plate further comprises a mat that is capable of securely covering the opening at the top of at least one or all of the plurality of picowells, or that is actually securely covering the opening at the top of at least one or all of the plurality of picowells, wherein the securely covering is reversible, wherein the mat optionally comprises one or all of: (
- the above system that includes at least one picowell, wherein the at least one picowell comprises a bead that comprises a plurality of substantially identical compounds and a plurality of substantially identical barcodes, wherein the at least one picowell comprises an assay medium that includes cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase, a substrate of cereblon E3 ubiquitin ligase such as Ikaros or Aiolos, and wherein the system is capable of screening for compounds that activate cereblon's E3 ubiquitin ligase activity, and are thereby capable of reducing intracellular concentrations of Ikaros or Aiolos.
- the above system that includes at least one picowell, wherein the at least one picowell comprises a bead that comprises a plurality of substantially identical compounds and a plurality of substantially identical barcodes, wherein the at least one picowell comprises an assay medium that includes MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase, a substrate of MDM2 E3 ubiquitin ligase such as p53, and wherein the system is capable of screening for compounds that activate MDM2's E3 ubiquitin ligase activity, and thereby capable of increasing the intracellular concentrations of p53.
- the DNA barcode comprises one or more nucleic acids that do not encode any chemical monomer but that instead identify one or more of: (a) The class of chemical compounds that is cleavably attached to the bead; (b) The step in a multi-step pathway of organic synthesis, wherein a bead-bound nucleic acid corresponds to a given chemical monomer that is used to make a bead-bound compound, and wherein the bead-bound nucleic acid that corresponds to a given chemical monomer identifies that chemical monomer; (c) The date that the bead-bound compound was synthesized; (d) The disease that the bead-bound compound is intended to treat; (e) The cellular event that the bead-bound compound is intended to stimulate or inhibit.
- the at least one bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds and also comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes, and wherein there does not exist any headpiece that links any of the bead-bound compounds to any of the bead-bound DNA barcodes.
- the concatenated DNA barcode comprises at least one nucleic acid that is a DNA barcode module, or the above system, wherein the concatenated DNA barcode comprises only one nucleic acid that is a DNA barcode module.
- the concatenated DNA barcode comprises at least one nucleic acid that is a DNA barcode module, and at least one functional nucleic acid that: (a) Is capable of being used as an annealing site for a sequencing primer, (b) Is capable of forming a hairpin structure, and wherein the hairpin structure comprises a sequencing primer, an annealing site for the sequencing primer, and a bend in the hairpin structure wherein the bend is 5-prime to the sequencing primer and is 3-prime to the annealing site for the sequencing primer, or (c) Is a spacer nucleic acid.
- the orthogonal DNA barcode contains a plurality of DNA barcode modules, wherein each of the DNA barcode modules is coupled to a different site on the bead either directly or via a linker, and wherein each of the plurality of DNA barcode modules contains at least one functional nucleic acid that: (a) Is capable of being used as an annealing site for a sequencing primer, (b) Is capable of forming a hairpin structure, and wherein the hairpin structure comprises a sequencing primer, an annealing site for the sequencing primer, and a bend in the hairpin structure wherein the bend is 5-prime to the sequencing primer and is 3-prime to the annealing site for the sequencing primer, or (c) Is a spacer nucleic acid.
- a bead comprising a concatenated DNA barcode
- the concatenated DNA barcode comprises: (a) a first DNA barcode module and a first annealing site for a first splint oligonucleotide (splint oligo), wherein the splint oligo comprises three nucleic acids, wherein the three nucleic acids are: a nucleic acid that is a hybridizing complement to the first annealing site, a nucleic acid that is a hybridizing complement to a 2 nd DNA barcode module, and a nucleic acid that is a 2 nd annealing site, and (b) a second DNA barcode module and a 2nd annealing site for a second splint oligo, wherein the second splint oligo comprises three nucleic acids, wherein the three nucleic acids are: a nucleic acid
- a third DNA barcode module and a 3rd annealing site for a third splint oligo further comprising: a third DNA barcode module and a 3rd annealing site for a third splint oligo, wherein the third splint oligo comprises three nucleic acids, wherein the three nucleic acids are: a nucleic acid that is a hybridizing complement to the 3rd annealing site, a nucleic acid that is a 4 th DNA barcode module, and a nucleic acid that is a 4th annealing site.
- a fourth DNA barcode module and a 4th annealing site for a fourth splint oligo wherein the fourth splint oligo comprises three nucleic acids, wherein the three nucleic acids are: a nucleic acid that is a hybridizing complement to the 4th annealing site, a nucleic acid that is a 5 th DNA barcode module, and a nucleic acid that is a 5th annealing site, (ii) a response capture element, (iii) a release monitor.
- the concatenated DNA barcode is coupled to a first position on the bead, wherein the bead also comprises a compound that is coupled to a second position on the bead, and wherein the first position is not the same as the second position.
- the bead comprises an exterior surface and an interior surface, wherein the bead comprises at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes that are coupled to the bead, and wherein at least 90% of the at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes are coupled to the exterior surface.
- the present disclosure supplies a release-monitor bead that is capable of functioning in an aqueous medium, wherein the release-monitor bead comprises a bead-bound quencher and a bead-bound fluorophore, wherein the bead-bound quencher is quenchingly positioned in the immediate vicinity of the bead-bound fluorophore and capable of quenching at least 50% of the fluorescence of the bead-bound fluorophore, and wherein the bead-bound fluorophore is bound by way of a first light-cleavable linker, wherein the picowell containing the release-monitor bead is a first picowell, wherein the first picowell contains a first solution, wherein exposing the first picowell to cleaving conditions is capable of severing the light-cleavable linker and releasing the fluorophore into the first solution of the first picowell
- release-monitor bead wherein the fluorophore is TAMRA and wherein the quencher is QSY7, and a release-monitor bead that has the structure shown in FIG. 9 , and a release-monitor bead of that has the structure shown in FIG. 10 , and a release-monitor bead, wherein the capable of quenching is at least 90%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or at least 99.9%.
- a method for synthesizing a release-monitor bead wherein the release-monitor bead comprises a bead, a quencher, a fluorophore, and a photocleavable linker that couples the fluorophore to the bead, the method comprising, in this order, (i) Providing a resin, (ii) Coupling a lysine linker to the resin, wherein the reagent containing the lysine linker is L-Fmoc-Lys(4-methyltrityl)-OH, (iii) Removing the Fmoc protecting group, (iv) Coupling the quencher using a reagent that is quencher-N-hydroxysuccinimide (quencher-NETS) as the source of quencher, (v) Removing the 4-methyltrityl protecting group using a reagent comprising trifluoroacetic
- a method for controlling the concentration of a compound in a solution that resides in a picowell wherein the method is applied to a bead-bound compound in a picowell, wherein the picowell contains a solution, and wherein the bead-bound compound is coupled to the bead by way of a cleavable linker, the method comprising: (a) Exposing the bead-bound compound to a condition that effects cleavage of the cleavable linker and releases the bead-bound compound from the bead to generate a released compound, wherein release is followed by diffusion or dispersion of the released compound in the solution to result in a substantially uniform concentration of the compound in the solution, (b) Wherein the condition comprises light that is capable of cleaving the cleavable linker, (c) Wherein the condition is adjusted to produce a determined concentration of the substantially uniform concentration, and (d) Wherein the determined
- the above method wherein the condition is adjusted by adjusting one or more of the wavelength of the light, the intensity of the light, and by the duration of light exposure, and the above method, wherein the concentration of a released fluorophore that is released from a bead-bound release-monitor is determined at the same time as effecting release of the bead-bound compound from the bead to generate a released compound, and the above method, wherein the concentration of a released fluorophore that is released from a bead-bound release-monitor is determined at a time substantially before effecting release of the bead-bound compound from the bead to generate a released compound.
- the term “determined” can mean a concentration that is predetermined and decided upon as being a desired concentration, prior to exposing the bead to light. Also, the term “determined” can mean a concentration that is decided upon in “real time,” that is, a concentration that is decided upon at the same time as the exposing the bead to light.
- a cap in combination with a picowell plate that comprises a plurality of picowells wherein the cap is capable of use with the picowell plate that comprises a plurality of picowells, wherein each of the plurality of picowells is definable by an aperture, a floor, and a wall, wherein the wall is defined by the aperture on top and the floor on the bottom, and wherein the aperture is round, wherein the floor is round, and wherein the wall takes the form of a surface of a truncated cone, and wherein the aperture has a first diameter, the floor has a second diameter, and wherein the first diameter is greater than the second diameter, wherein the cap is a spherical cap that is capable of snuggly fitting into the aperture, wherein the aperture is comprised by a polymer having a greater durometer (harder) and wherein the cap is made of a polymer having a lesser durometer (softer), and wherein the relative durometers of the cap
- porous cap embodiments what is provided is a plurality of porous caps in combination with a picowell plate and a solid polymer coating, wherein each of the plurality of porous caps comprises an upper surface and a lower surface, wherein the picowell plate comprises a plurality of picowells, wherein at least one porous cap contacts a picowell and reversibly and snuggly fits into the picowell, wherein the picowell plate and each of the upper surfaces of the plurality of porous caps is covered with a solid polymer coating, wherein the solid polymer coating contacts at least some of the upper surface of each cap and is adhesively attached to said at least some of the upper surface, and wherein, (i) Each of the plurality of picowells is capable of holding an aqueous solution, wherein products of a reaction are generated in the solution, and wherein at least some of the products are absorbed by the lower surface of each of the plurality of porous caps, (ii) Wherein a solution of a polymerizable reagent
- a method for making a bead-bound concatenated DNA barcode comprising: (a) The step of providing a bead with a coupled polynucleotide that comprises a 1 st DNA barcode module and a 1 st annealing site, wherein the 1 st annealing site is capable of hybridizing with a first splint oligonucleotide (splint oligo), the first splint oligo being capable of serving as a template for DNA polymerase to catalyze the polymerization to
- the first splint oligo comprises a 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd DNA barcode module, a 2 nd annealing site, and a nucleic acid encoding a 1 st sequencing primer annealing site, wherein the 1 st sequencing primer annealing site is capable of hybridizing to a sequencing primer resulting in a hybridized sequencing primer, and wherein the hybridized sequencing primer is capable of directing the sequencing of the 2 nd DNA barcode module and the 1 st DNA barcode module.
- the bead comprises an exterior location and an interior location
- the bead-bound concatenated DNA barcode is coupled to the bead at locations that are substantially on the exterior of the bead and sparingly at interior locations of the bead
- the bead also comprises a plurality of coupled compounds wherein all of the plurality of coupled compounds have substantially an identical structure, when compared to each other, and wherein the bead is comprised substantially of a hydrophobic polymer.
- the above method further comprising: (a) The step of providing a bead with a coupled first longer polynucleotide that comprises a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd DNA barcode, and a 2 nd annealing site, wherein the 2 nd annealing site is capable of hybridizing with a second splint oligo, the second splint oligo being capable of serving as a template for DNA polymerase to catalyze the polymeraztion to the coupled first longer polynucleotide, nucleotides that are complementary to those of the hybridized second splint oligo, wherein the polymerized nucleotides that are complementary to those of the hybridized second splint oligo following polymerization comprise a bead-bound 3 rd DNA barcode module and a 3 rd annealing site; (b) The step of providing said be
- This relates to the consecutive numbering of the first DNA barcode module, the second DNA barcode module, the third DNA barcode module, and so on, for the manufacture of the entire DNA barcode. This also relates to repeating the cycle of methods steps, over and over and over, in the manufacture of the entire DNA barcode.
- each of said plurality of DNA barcode modules is identified or named by a number
- the method further comprising reiterating the recited steps, where for a first reiteration, the name of the DNA barcode module is increased by adding one number to the existing name, the name of the annealing site is increased by adding one number to the existing name, and the name of the splint oligo is increased by adding one number to the name o the existing distal terminal DNA barcode module, and the name of the “first longer polynucleotide” is changed by adding one number to the existing name, wherein the comprising reiterating the recited steps is one reiteration, or two reiterations, or three reiterations, or four reiterations, or five reiterations, or more than five reiterations, or more than ten reiterations.
- each splint oligo comprises a sequencing primer annealing site, wherein the sequencing primer annealing site is capable of hybridizing to a sequencing primer resulting in a hybridized sequencing primer, and wherein the hybridized sequencing primer is capable of directing the sequencing of the at least one bead-bound DNA barcode module and at least one bead-bound DNA barcode module.
- splint oligos that guides DNA polymerase to synthesize functional nucleic acids and various types of informative nucleic acids.
- at least one splint oligo comprises a functional nucleic acid, or wherein at least one splint oligo encodes information other than information on a chemical library monomer.
- the above method further comprising the step of coupling of at least one DNA barcode module by way of click chemistry, wherein the step does not use any splint oligo.
- the present disclosure provides a system for screening chemical compounds, comprising: (a) A picowell array plate comprising a plurality of picowells, wherein each picowell has a top aperture that defines an opening at the top of the picowell, a bottom that is defined by a floor, wherein the top aperture is separated from the floor, and wherein a wall resides in between the top aperture and the floor; (b) At least one bead disposed in at least one picowell, wherein the at least one bead comprises a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound DNA barcodes, and a plurality of substantially identical bead-bound compounds, (c) Wherein the at least one bead comprises a DNA barcode that takes the form of either a concatenated DNA barcode or an orthogonal DNA barcode, and wherein if the DNA barcode takes the form of a concatenated DNA barcode the concatenated DNA barcode is made using a method that: (i) Uses click chemistry, or (
- the DNA barcode comprises: (a) One or more DNA barcode modules wherein each of the one or more DNA barcode modules encodes information on the identity of a chemical library monomer, and (b) Optionally one or more functional nucleic acids, and (c) Optionally, one or more nucleic acids that encode information that a type of information other than information on the identity of a chemical library monomer.
- the above system further comprising a plurality of caps, each capable of fitting into the opening of a different picowell, and each capable of minimizing or preventing evaporation of fluid that is inside of the picowell, and each capable of minimizing or preventing leakage of fluid that is inside of the picowell.
- each is capable of fitting into the aperture of a picowell wherein the aperture is circular, and each capable of minimizing or preventing evaporation of fluid that is inside of the picowell, and each capable of minimizing or preventing leakage of fluid that is inside of the picowell.
- the concatenated DNA barcode comprises: (i) A sequencing primer binding site, (ii) A first DNA barcode module, (iii) A first annealing site that is capable of hybridizing with a first oligonucleotide splint, wherein the first oligonucleotide splint is capable of being used to guide the enzymatic synthesis of a second DNA barcode module, (iv) A second DNA barcode module, (v) A second annealing site that is capable of hybridizing with a second oligonucleotide splint, wherein the second oligonucleotide splint is capable of being used to guide the synthesis of a third DNA barcode, (vi) A third DNA barcode module, (vii) A third annealing site that is capable of hybridizing with a third oli
- a method for screening a compound library for compounds having desired properties comprising: (a) providing a plurality of beads, wherein each bead comprises a plurality of oligonucleotides attached to the bead surface and a plurality of substantially related compounds attached to the bead surface, and wherein the sequence of the oligonucleotides attached to the beads encodes the synthesis history of the plurality of substantially related compounds attached to the bead surface; (b) incorporating the plurality of beads in an assay for desired properties of compounds in the compound library; (c) capturing a signal from at least one bead, wherein the signal reflects the performance of the compounds on the bead in the assay; (d) sequencing the plurality of oligonucleotides attached to the at least one bead for which assay signal was also captured, without removing the oligonucleotides from the bead; and (e) identifying at least one compound from the sequencing readout of step (d
- the assay comprises a binding assay, or wherein the assay comprises an activity assay, or wherein the assay comprises a competitive binding assay or a competitive inhibition assay, or wherein the assay comprises interaction of untethered compounds with other assay reagents, wherein the untethered compounds are compounds released from the bead surface, or wherein the compounds are released by cleaving a cleavable linker that connects the compounds to the beads, or wherein the assay occurs in a plurality of confined volumes, wherein nominally one bead is dispersed per confined volume.
- aqueous droplet is suspended in an oil medium or a hydrophobic liquid medium, or wherein the confined volume comprises a picowell, or wherein the picowells are organized in a regular array, or wherein the plurality of confined volumes are organized in a regular array.
- the confined volume comprises a layer of adherent aqueous medium around the bead, wherein the bead is suspended in a hydrophobic medium
- the above method wherein the assay reagents are washed away before sequencing the oligonucleotides.
- the sequencing step (d) is performed before the assay step (b).
- the oligonucleotides on the beads are removed after the sequencing step, but before the assay step.
- removing of the oligonucleotide comprises an enzymatic digestion, a chemical cleavage, a thermal degradation or a physical shearing, and the above method, wherein the binding assay comprises binding of RNA molecules to the beads, and the above method, wherein the signal from the bead comprises sequencing of the bound RNA molecules.
- the binding assay comprises a fluorescently labeled binding assay, wherein the molecules binding to the compounds on the beads comprise fluorophores, or the above method, wherein the binding assay comprises nucleic-acid labeled binding assay, wherein the molecules binding to the compounds on the beads comprise nucleic-acid tags, wherein further the signal from the assay comprises sequencing of the nucleic acid tags attached to the molecules binding to the compounds on the beads.
- the desired properties include one or more of: (i) Inhibiting or stimulating the catalytic activity of an enzyme, (ii) Stimulating Th1-type immune response, as measurable by cell-based assays or by in vivo assays, (iii) Stimulating Th2-type immune response, as measurable by cell-based assays or by in vivo assays, (iv) Inhibiting Th1-type immune response, as measurable by cell-based assays or by in vivo assays, (v) Inhibiting Th2-type immune response, as measurable by cell-based assays or by in vivo assays, (vi) Stimulating or inhibiting ubiquitin-mediated degradation of a protein, as measurable by purified proteins, by cell-based assay, or by in vivo assays.
- a system for screening a compound library for a compound having a desired activity comprising: (a) a sample compartment for receiving a plurality of compound-attached, oligonucleotide-encoded beads; (b) a plurality of encapsulation compartments within the sample compartment, each encapsulation compartment nominally comprising a single bead dispersed in an assay medium, wherein further the assay medium comprises reagents whose interaction with the compounds on the beads is being assayed resulting in a measurable signal; (c) a detector for measuring signals; (d) a sequencing platform; and (e) a user interface for receiving one or more commands from a user.
- the encapsulation compartment comprises a liquid droplet.
- the encapsulation compartment comprises a picowell, or wherein further the encapsulation compartment comprises assay reagents, or wherein the detector comprises an optical detector, or wherein the sequencer comprises the optical detector.
- the disclosure features a method for perturbing a cell by: (a) providing a nucleic-acid encoded perturbation and confining a cell with the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation; (b) contacting the cell with the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation in a confined volume, wherein the perturbation initiation and dose are controlled; (c) incubating the cell with the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation for a specified period of time; and (d) transferring the nucleic acid that encodes the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation to the cell.
- the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation is a nucleic acid encoded compound or drug molecule. In some embodiments, the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation is a DNA-encoded library.
- the perturbation and the nucleic acid encoding the perturbation are unattached and free in solution. In some embodiments, the perturbation and the nucleic acid encoding the perturbation are attached to each other. In some embodiments, the perturbation and the nucleic acid encoding the perturbation are attached to the same substrate but not to each other. In some embodiments, the attachment of the perturbation to the substrate and the attachment of the nucleic acid to the substrate are cleavable attachments.
- the cleavable attachment is selected from the group consisting of a photocleavable attachment, a temperature cleavable attachment, a pH sensitive attachment, an acid cleavable attachment, a base cleavable attachment, a sound cleavable attachment, a salt cleavable attachment, a redox sensitive attachment, or a physically cleavable attachment.
- confining the cell and the perturbation comprises a droplet encapsulation, an emulsion encapsulation, a picowell encapsulation, a macrowell encapsulation, a physical attachment, a bubble encapsulation, or a microfluidic confinement.
- control over the perturbation comprises controlling light exposure, controlling temperature exposure, controlling pH exposure, controlling time exposure, controlling sound exposure, controlling salt exposure, controlling chemical or physical redox potential, or controlling mechanical-agitation exposure.
- the incubation comprises exposing the cell to the perturbation after cleaving the perturbation from the substrate or after cleaving the nucleic acid from the substrate. In some embodiments, the incubation comprises exposing the cell to the perturbation without cleaving the perturbation from the substrate or without cleaving the nucleic acid from the perturbation.
- transferring the nucleic acid that encodes the nucleic-acid encoded perturbation to the cell comprises attaching the nucleic acid to the cell surface of the cell.
- attaching the nucleic acid to the cell surface of the cell comprises intercalating the nucleic acid into the cell membrane.
- attaching the nucleic acid to the cell surface of the cell comprises attaching the nucleic acid to a biomolecule on the cell surface.
- the biomolecule is a protein or a carbohydrate.
- attaching the nucleic acid to the cell surface of the cell comprises attaching through an optional tag on the nucleic acid.
- the disclosure features a method for perturbing a cell with a perturbation and encoding the cell with the identity of the perturbation.
- the method includes: (a) providing a bead-bound DNA encoded library; (b) confining a cell with the bead-bound DNA encoded library, wherein the bead-bound DNA encoded library comprises one or more copies of a combinatorially synthesized compound and one or more copies of an encoding nucleic acid tag, wherein the compound and the encoding nucleic acid are attached to a bead, wherein the encoding nucleic acid encodes the identity of the compound, and wherein the bead-bound DNA encoded library and the cell are confined in a confining volume; (c) releasing the compound from the bead and incubating the compound with the cell inside the confining volume; (d) optionally releasing the encoding nucleic acid tag from the bead; and (e) attaching the encoding nucleic acid tag to the cell,
- the disclosure features a method for perturbing a cell, encoding the cell with the identity of the perturbation, and measuring a response of the cell to the perturbation.
- the method includes: (a) contacting a cell with a bead-bound DNA encoded library in a first confined volume, wherein the bead-bound DNA encoded library comprises one or more copies of a combinatorially synthesized compound and one or more copies of an encoding nucleic acid tag, wherein the compound and the encoding nucleic acid are attached to a bead, and wherein the encoding nucleic acid encodes the identity of the compound; (b) releasing the compounds in the library from the bead and incubating the compounds in the library with the cell inside the first confined volume; (c) optionally releasing the encoding nucleic acid tag from the bead inside the first confined volume; (d) capturing the encoding nucleic acid tag to the cell surface of the cell, whereby the cell is exposed to the compound in the
- the disclosure features a method for perturbing a cell and capturing a response of the cell to the perturbation by: (a) providing an array of picowells and a library of functionalized perturbation beads, wherein the picowells are capable of accommodating a single cell and a single functionalized perturbation bead, wherein each functionalized perturbation bead comprises a different plurality of substantially identical releasable compounds and a plurality of nucleotide barcodes that encodes the compounds, wherein the nucleotide barcodes are functionalized barcodes capable of capturing cellular content of the cell, wherein the cellular content of cell comprises cellular response to the perturbations contained in the functionalized perturbation beads; (b) capturing single cells into each picowell of the picowell array; (c) capturing single functionalized perturbation beads to the picowells containing single cells; (d) releasing the compounds from the functionalized perturbation beads and incubating the cells with the released compounds, wherein the compounds between picowells
- FIG. 1 Concatenated-style bead.
- the DNA barcode takes the form of all of the DNA barcode modules connected to each other in a single chain, together with any other nucleic acids that have functions, such as primer annealing sites, as a spacer, or information on date of manufacture.
- the numbers on this figure are not structure numbers. The numbers refer to the sequence of “DNA barcode modules” in the DNA barcode.
- FIG. 2 Orthogonal-style bead.
- the DNA barcode takes the form of all of the DNA barcode modules, where the DNA barcode modules do not occur together in a single chain, but instead occur separately linked to different positions on the bead.
- the numbers on this figure are not structure numbers. The numbers refer to the sequence of “DNA barcode modules” in the DNA barcode.
- FIGS. 3A-3I Cleavable linkers, conditions for cleavage (UV light or chemical), and cleavage products.
- FIG. 4 Exemplary amino acid derivatives for the compositions and methods of the present disclosure.
- FIGS. 5A-5H The photograph discloses increases in degradation of a fusion protein, inside HeLa cells, with increasing concentrations of added lenalidomide. Top: Expression of IKZF1/GFP fusion protein. Bottom: Expression of mScarlett® control. Lenalidomide was added at zero, 0.1, 1.0, or 10 micromolar.
- FIGS. 6A-6H The photograph discloses increases in degradation of a fusion protein, inside HeLa cells, with increasing concentrations of added lenalidomide. Top: Expression of IKZF3/GFP fusion protein. Bottom: Expression of mScarlett control. Lenalidomide was added at zero, 0.1, 1.0, or 10 micromolar.
- FIG. 7 Methods and reagents for creating bead-bound DNA barcode.
- DNA barcode is the sum of all of the information that is contained in the sum of all DNA barcode modules.
- DNA barcode is used herein to refer to the sum of all of the information of all of the DNA barcode modules plus any additional nucleic acids that provide information such as step number, or general type of chemical monomers that make up the bead-bound compound, and plus any additional nucleic acids that serve a function, such as linker, sequencing primer binding site, hairpin with sequencing primer binding site, or spacer.
- the DNA barcode may include residual chemical groups from the click chemistry reactions.
- FIG. 8 Structure of Alexa Fluor® 488. A goal of this figure is to identify the compound without having to resort to using the trade name.
- FIG. 9 Simplified diagram of bead-bound release-monitor.
- the release-monitor provides the user with a measure of the concentration of the soluble compound, following UV-induced release of the compound from the bead.
- one type of bead is dedicated to being a release-monitor, that is, this bead does not also contain bead-bound compound and does not also contain bead-bound DNA library.
- PCL is photocleavable linker.
- FIG. 10 Detailed diagram of bead release-monitor.
- FIG. 11 Chemical synthesis of bead release-monitor.
- FIG. 12 Amine-functionalized bead with bifunctional linker, where the linker includes a lysine residue.
- FIG. 13 Steps of chemical synthesis of lenalidomide modified with a first type of carboxyl group.
- FIG. 14 Steps of chemical synthesis of lenalidomide modified with a second type of carboxyl group.
- FIG. 15 Steps of chemical synthesis of lenalidomide modified with a third type of carboxyl group.
- FIG. 16A , FIG. 16B , FIG. 16C Lenalidomide analogues.
- FIG. 17 Steps of chemical synthesis of a deoxycytidine analogue suitable for click-chemistry synthesis of a DNA barcode.
- FIGS. 18A, 18B, and 18C Caps for placing over the top of picowells and for sealing the picowells.
- FIG. 18A shows active cap, where compound is releasable by way of cleavable linker.
- FIG. 18B shows another type of active cap, where a reagent such as an antibody is bound. The bound reagent can be permanently linked, it can be linked by a cleavable linker, or it can be bound by way of hydrogen bonds and be releasable merely by exposure to the solution in the picowell followed by diffusion away from the active cap and into this solution.
- FIG. 18C shows a passive cap, which can be used to absorb, adsorb, collect, or capture metabolites from the solution in the picowell. The absorbed metabolites can subsequently be analyzed.
- FIGS. 19A, 19B, 19C, and 19D Picowell plate without caps over the picowells.
- FIG. 19B Picowell plate with a cap over each picowell.
- FIG. 19C Polyacrylamide solution being poured over the picowell plate that has one cap securely fastened over each picowell. The polyacrylamide then seeps into the porous cap, solidifies, and forms a stable adhesion to each cap.
- FIG. 19D The solidified polyacrylamide “roof” is then peeled off from the picowell plate, bringing with it each cap. The metabolites transferred from the picowell solution and absorbed into each cap can then be analyzed.
- the solution that is poured over the picowell plate and over the bead becomes a hydrogel, and preferably the bead is made from a hydrogel.
- the present disclosure can exclude a system, microtiter plate, microtiter plate with microwells, nanowells, or picowells, and related methods, where at least one well is capped, and where a liquid polymer solution is poured over the plate and over the capped wells. Also, what can be excluded is the above where the liquid polymer has polymerized to form a solid polymer that adheres to each cap. Also, what can be excluded is the method and resulting compositions, where the solid polymer is torn away, removing with it the adhering caps.
- FIG. 20 Map of circular plasmid used for integrating IKZF1 gene into genome of a cell.
- the plasmid is: IKZF1 mNEON-p2a-mScarlet-w3-2FB (9081 base pairs).
- IKZF1 encodes the Ikarus protein.
- FIG. 21 Map of circular plasmid used for integrating IKZF3 gene into genome of a cell.
- the plasmid is: IKZF3 mNeon-p2a-mScarlet-w3-2FB (9051 bp).
- IKZF3 encodes the Aiolos protein.
- FIG. 22 Chemical monomers (compounds 1-6) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 23 Chemical monomers (compounds 7-10) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 24 Chemical monomers (compounds 11-16) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 25 Chemical monomers (compounds 17-21) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 26 Chemical monomers (compounds 22-16) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 27 Chemical monomers (compounds 27-30) and their DNA barcodes.
- FIG. 28 Sequencing a bead-bound DNA barcode.
- the figure discloses intensity of fluorescent signal for each of five consecutive bases, where the five consecutive bases are part of a bead-bound DNA barcode.
- FIG. 29 Stepped picowell.
- FIGS. 31A-31B Emission data resulting after catalytic action of aspartyl protease on quencher-fluorophore substrate.
- FIG. 32 Drawings of cross-section of picowells, illustrating various steps.
- FIGS. 33A-33F Titration data showing how increase in UV dose results in greater cleavage of fluorophore from the bead. In layperon's terms, this shows how a more powerful swing of the axe influences chopping the fluorophore from the bead (the power of the UV does is measured in Joules per centimeter squared).
- the notation “Exposure” refers only to a parameter when taking the photograph. It is just exposure time, when taking the photograph (it does not refer to exposure time of the light doing the cleaving, or to the light doing the exciting).
- FIG. 34 TAMRA concentration versus luminous flux. What is shown is concentration of free TAMRA, following release after exposure to UV light at 365 nm.
- FIG. 35 provides a hand-drawings of the quencher-fluorophore substrate, and of cleavage of this substrate by the enzyme, with consequent inhibition of enzyme. Also shown is the molecular structure of bead-bound pepstatin-A, and bead-bound Fmoc-valine (negative control).
- FIG. 36 Steps in preparing beads for use in eventual capture of mRNA from lysed cells, with subsequent manufacture of cDNA library. This figure also occurs in one of the Provisional applications (Compositions and Method for Screening Compound Libraries on Single Cells), from which priority of the present application is claimed.
- FIG. 37 Tagging cells with DNA barcode, where tagging is by way of a lipid that embeds in the cell membrane. This figure also occurs in one of the Provisional applications (Compositions and Method for Screening Compound Libraries on Single Cells), from which priority of the instant application is claimed.
- Table 1 provides abbreviations and non-limiting definitions.
- aperture is used herein to refer to a physical substance that defines an opening and, more specifically, to the minimal amount of physical substance that is capable of defining an opening. Without implying any limitation, this minimal amount of physical substance preferably takes the form of a ring-shaped section of a wall.
- the aperture can be considered to be a ring-shaped section of a wall, where the thickness of the section is about 0.2 nm, about 0.5 nm, about 10 nm, about 20 nm, about 50 nm, about 100 nm, about 200 nm, about 500 nm, about 1 micrometer (um), about 2 um, about 5 um, and so on, where this thickness measurement is in the radial direction extending away from an axis, and where the axis is defined by the opening.
- DNA barcode can refer to a polynucleotide that identifies a chemical compound in its entirety while, in contrast, “DNA barcode module” can refer to only one of the monomers that make up the chemical compound.
- a short definition of a “DNA barcode module” is that it identifies a chemical library monomer. However, a “DNA barcode module” can be used to identify the history of making that particular monomer. A longer definition of a “DNA barcode module” is as follows.
- Each of the following chemical library monomers need to be identified by a different “DNA barcode module.” Even the first reaction and the second reaction have the same reactants (A and B), a different DNA barcode module is used, because the products are different (the products being either C or D). Also, even though the first reaction and the third reaction result in the same product (the product being “C”), a different DNA barcode module is used, because the reactants are different (the reactants being either A + B, or X + Y).
- Reaction Condition A + B ⁇ C Reaction condition A for example, with methane solvent A + B ⁇ D Reaction condition A, for example, with methylene chloride solvent X + Y ⁇ C BiNAP takes the form of two naphthalene groups attached to each other by way of a BiNAP carbon-carbon bond between the 1-carbon of the first naphthalene and the 1-carbon of the second naphthalene.
- Each naphthalene group also contains an attached PPh 2 group, where the PPh 2 group is attached to the naphthalene's 2-carbon.
- PPh 2 takes the form of a phosophate group, to which is attached two phenyl groups.
- the phosphate is situated in between the naphthalene and the PPh 2 .
- BTPBB Bis-Tris propane breaking buffer BTPLB Bis-Tris propane ligation buffer
- BTPWB Bis-Tris propane wash buffer Cap A cap is an object that can serve as a plug, a stopper, a seal, and the like, for placing in stable contact with a microwell, nanowell, or picowell.
- the cap can be spherical, ovoid, cubical, cubical with rounded edges, pyramidal, pyramidal with rounded edges, and so on. Unless specified otherwise, the stated shape is the shape prior to partial insertion or prior to full insertion into the picowell.
- the cap when in use the cap is partially inserted into the picowell to form a seal.
- the cap may be loosely set on top of the picowell without any partial insertion.
- Compound is used here, without implying any limitation, to refer to a completed chemical that is synthesized by connecting a plurality of chemical monomers to each other, by way of solid phase synthesis on a bead. Generally, the term “compound” refers to the completed chemical that is to be tested for activity by way of an assay.
- compound is not intended to include any linkers that mediate binding of the completed chemical to the bead, and is not intended to include any protecting groups that are to be cleaved off, though it is understood that a “compound” that has a protecting group may have pharmaceutical activity.
- compound is NOT used to refer to bead-bound chemicals where not all of the chemical monomers have been connected. If the term “compound” is used in some other context herein, the skilled artisan will be able to determine if this description is relevant or not.
- Concatenated DNA refers to “end-to-end ligation” or “end-to-end joining” (Farzaneh (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16: 11319-11326; Boyer (1999) Virology. 263: 307-312).
- the term “functional nucleic acid” refers to nucleic acids with an active biochemical function (a function that takes advantage of hydrogen bonds, of hydrophobic interactions, of hydrophilic interactions, of interactions with enzymes, etc.).
- the function can be a spacer that establishes a distance between a hydrophobic bead and a primer binding site.
- the primer binding site preferably occurs in a hydrophilic environment for supporting activity of DNA polymerase.
- the function can be a primer binding site, a hairpin bend, or the annealing site for a “splint oligo.” This is in contrast to “informational nucleic acids,” which store information (which “encode”) information on the identity of a corresponding chemical monomer.
- NCL NCL refers to a mixture of sera from latent tuberculosis patients (this accounts for the pool letter “L”) and sera from negative control, healthy human subjects (this accounts for the letter “NC”)
- NHS N-Hydroxysuccinimide can be used to attach tetrazine to free amino groups of, for example, antibodies (van Buggenum, Gerlach, Mulder (2016) Scientific Reports. 6: 22675.
- nucleic acid can refer to a single nucleic acid molecule, or to modified nucleic acids, such as a nucleic acid bearing a fluorescent tag. Also, the term “nucleic acid” can be used to refer individual contiguous stretches of nucleotides within a longer polynucleotide.
- nucleic acid makes it more versatile to refer to these individual stretches within a longer polynucleotide, for example, as when the polynucleotide comprises a first nucleic acid that is a primer-binding site, a second nucleic acid that is a DNA barcode module, and a third nucleic acid that identifies the step number in a multi-step pathway of synthesis.
- Oligo pair can refer to a reagent that takes the form of a slipped heteroduplex, for example, an aqueous solution of a slipped heteroduplex.
- a bead contains a DNA barcode barcode taking the orthogonal form
- the acquisition of all of the information of a compound's DNA barcode requires separately sequencing each of the attached DNA barcode modules.
- each and every one of the DNA barcode modules that makes up the DNA barcode is dispersed over different attachment sites on the same bead.
- each nucleic acid barcode module serves to identify the chemical monomer that is attached in the same round of parallel synthesis.
- picowell can be used to refer to a well or cavity in a plate that contains an array of picowells, for example, over 50,000 picowells, over 100,000 picowells, over 200,000 picowells, over 500, 000 picowells, and so on.
- the volume of a picowell (not including the volume of any beads that might be in the picowell), is about 0.2 picoliters (pL), about 0.5 pL, about 1.0 pL, about 2.0 pL, about 5.0 pL, about 10 pL, about 20 pL, about 30 pL, about 40 pL, about 50 pL, about 75 pL, about 100 pL, about 200 pL, about 300 pL, about 400 pL, about 500 pL, about 600 pL, about 700 pL, about 800 pL, about 1000 pL, about 10,000 pL, about 100,000 pL, about 1,000,000 pL, or in a volume range defined by any of the above two values, for example, about 0.5 to 2.0 pL.
- any “nanowell” and “microwell” can be set as above (except with the term “pico” replaced by nano or micro). Unless specified otherwise, explicitly or by context, the present disclosure refers to picowells (rather than to nanowells or microwells).
- Slipped Slipped heteroduplex structure takes the form of a first strand of ssDNA and a second heteroduplex strand of ssDNA, where a dozen nucleotides at the 5′-end of the first strand of ssDNA structure are complementary to a dozen nucleotides at the 5′-end of the second strand of ssDNA, and where the first strand of ssDNA is binds to the second strand of ssDNA by way of a dozen complementary base pairings that involve the respective 5′-termini.
- the number “dozen” is purely exemplary and is not limiting.
- the slipped heteroduplex structure could be maintained as a hybridized duplex, by way of complementary base pairing at the 3′-end of the first strand of ssDNA and the 3′-end of the second strand of ssDNA.
- the term “slipped heteroduplex structure” can alternatively be called a “staggered heteroduplex structure.”
- the term “slipped” does not imply that the heteroduplex is slippery (can shift position0 as might be the case with a duplex formed when oligo[C] hybridizes to oligo[G], or when oligo[A] hybridizes to oligo[T].
- TBTA Tris[(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl) methyl] amine
- TCEP Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine. Reducing agent that can cleave disulfide bonds.
- TCO Trans-cyclooctene TEAA Triethylammonium acetate TEV protease Tobacco Etch Virus protease TFA Trifluoroacetic acid TID 3-(trifluoromethyl)-3-(m-iodophenyl) diazirine TIPS Triisopropyl silane TM Temperature of melting TMP 2,4,6-Trimethylpyridine QSY7 Xanthylium, 9-[2-[[4-[[2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy] carbonyl]-1-piperidinyl] sulfonyl]phenyl]-3,6-bis(methylphenylamino)-, chloride (CAS No. 304014-12-8) TAMRA 5(6)Carboxytetramethyl rhodamine
- Reagents, kits, enzymes, buffers, living cells, instrumentation, and the like can be acquired. See, for example, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.; Oakwood Chemical, Estill, S.C.; Epicentre, Madison, Wis.; Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.; ProMega, Madison, Wis.; Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.; ThermoFisher Scientific, South San Francisco, Calif.; New England BioLabs, Ipswich, Mass.; American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Manassas, Va.; Becton Dickinson, Franklin Lakes, N.J.; Illumina, San Diego, Calif.; 10 ⁇ Genomics, Pleasanton, Calif.
- Barcoded gel beads, non-barcoded gel beads, and microfluidic chips are available from 1CellBio, Cambridge, Mass. Guidance and instrumentation for flow cytometry is available (see, e.g., FACSCalibur®, BD Biosciences, San Jose, Calif., BD FACSAria II® User's Guide, part no. 643245, Rev.A, December 2007, 344 pages).
- a composition that is “labeled” is detectable, either directly or indirectly, by spectroscopic, photochemical, fluorometric, biochemical, immunochemical, isotopic, or chemical methods, as well as with methods involving plasmonic nanoparticles.
- useful labels include, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, 14 C, 3 H, 125 I stable isotopes, epitope tags, fluorescent dyes, Raman tags, electron-dense reagents, substrates, or enzymes, e.g., as used in enzyme-linked immunoassays, or fluorettes (Rozinov and Nolan (1998) Chem. Biol. 5:713-728).
- Beads (II) One bead one compound (OBOC) (III) Coupling nucleic acids to beads (IV) DNA barcodes (V) Coupling chemical compounds to beads (VI) Coupling chemical monomers to each other to make a compound (VII) Split and pool synthesis and parallel synthesis (VIII) Fabricating picowells (IX) Deposit beads into picowells (X) Sequencing bead-bound nucleic acids in picowells (XI) Releasing bead-bound compounds from the bead (XII Biochemical assays for compounds (XIII) Cell-based assays for compounds (I) BEADS
- the methods and compositions of the present disclosure use beads, such as monosized TentaGel® M NH 2 beads (10, 20, 30, etc., micrometers in diameter)-, standard TentaGel® amino resins (90, 130, etc. micrometers in diameter), TentaGel Macrobeads® (280-320 micrometers in diameter) (all of the above from Rapp Polymere, 72072 Tübingen, Germany). These have a polystyrene core derivatized with polyethylene glycol (Paulick et al (2006) J. Comb. Chem. 8:417-426).
- TentaGel® resins are grafted copolymers consisting of a low crosslinked polystyrene matrix on which polyethylene glycol (PEG) is grafted.
- the present disclosure provides beads or resins that are modified to include one or both of a DNA barcode and a compound, where the unmodified beads take the form of grafted copolymers consisting of a low crosslinked polystyrene matrix on which polyethylene glycol (PEG) is grafted.
- TentaGel® is characterized as, “PEG chains of molecular masses up to 20 kilo Dalton have been immobilized on functionalized crosslinked polystyrenes. Graft copolymers with PEG chains of about 2000-3000 Dalton proved to be optimal in respect of kinetic rates, mobility, swelling and resin capacity.” (Rapp Polymere, Germany). Thus, the present disclosure provides beads or resins that take the form of graft copolymers with PEG chains of about 2000-3000 Daltons.
- Comellas et al provides guidance for measuring the ability of a bead to swell, for example, when soaked in DCM, DMF, methyl alcohol, water, or a buffer used in enzyme assays (Comellas et al (2009) PLoS ONE. 4:e6222 (12 pages)).
- the unit of swelling is milliliters per gram of bead.
- the present disclosure uses a resin with a PEG spacer is attached to the polystyrene backbone via an alkyl linkage, and where the resin is microspherical and monosized (TentaGel® M resin).
- the present disclosure uses a resin with a PEG spacer attached to the polystyrene backbone via an alkyl linkage, where the resin type exists in two bifunctional species: First, surface modified resins: the reactive sites on the outer surface of the beads are protected orthogonally to the reactive sites in the internal volume of the beads, and second, hybrid resins: cleavable and noncleavable ligands are present in this support—developed for sequential cleavage (TentaGel® B resin).
- the present disclosure uses a resin where a PEG spacer is attached to the polystyrene backbone via an alkyl linkage, and where the macrobead resin shows very large particle diameters and high capacities (TentaGel® MB resin). Also, the present disclosure uses a resin where the PEG spacer is attached to the polystyrene backbone via a benzyl ether linkage. This resin can be used for immunization procedures or for synthesizing PEG modified derivatives (PEG Attached PEG-modified compounds) (TentaGEl® PAP resin).
- the beads can be, HypoGel® 200 resins. These resins are composites of oligoethylene glycol (MW 200) grafted onto a low cross-linked polystyrene matrix (Fluka Chemie GmbH, CH-9471 Buchs, Switzerland).
- amino functionalized polystyrene beads may be used, for instance, monosized polystyrene M NH 2 microbeads (5, 10, 20 etc., micrometers in diameter, also from Rapp Polymere, 72072 Tübingen, Germany).
- compounds may be encapsulated within pores or chambers or tunnels within the beads, without covalent attachment to the beads.
- Compounds may be diffused into or forced within such pores of the beads by various means.
- the compounds may be loaded within the beads by diffusion.
- high temperature may be used to swell the beads and load compounds within the beads.
- high pressure may be used to force compounds into the beads.
- solvents that swell the beads may be used to load compound within the beads.
- vacuum or low pressure may be used to partition compounds into beads.
- mild, or vigorous physical agitation may be used to load compounds into beads.
- compounds may be unloaded from the bead by way of diffusion.
- temperature, pressure, solvents, pH, salts, buffer or detergent or combinations of such conditions may be used to unload compounds out of such beads.
- the physical integrity of the beads for instance by uncrosslinking polymerized beads, may be used to release compounds contained within such beads.
- the present disclosure can exclude any bead, and bead-compound complex, or any method, that involves one of the above beads.
- Beads of the present disclosure also include the following.
- Merrifield resin chloromethylpolystyrene
- PAM resin (4-hydroxymethylphenyl acetamido methyl polystyrene
- MBHA resin (4-methylbenzhydrylamine); Brominated Wang resin (alpha-bromopriopiophenone); 4-Nitrobenzophenone oxime (Kaiser) resin
- Wang resin (4hydroxymethyl phenoxymethyl polystyrene
- PHB resin p-hydroxybenzyl alcohol
- HMPA resin (4-hydroxymethyl phenoxyacetic acid
- HMPB resin (4-hydroxymethyl-3-methoxy phenoxyl butanoic acid
- 2-Chlorotrityl resin 4-Carboxytrityl resin
- Rink acid resin (4-[(2,4-dimethoxypehenyl) hydroxymethyl) phenoxymethyl
- Knorr (4-((2,4-dimethylphenyl) (F
- Beads of the present disclosure further include the above beads used as passive encapsulants of compounds (passively hold compounds without covalent linkage to the compound), and further comprising the following: unfunctionalized polystyrene beads; silica beads; alumina beads; porous glass beads; polyacrylamide beads; titanium oxide beads; alginate beads; ceramic beads; PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate) beads; melamine beads; zeolite beds; polylactide beads; deblock-copolymer micelles; dextran beads, and others. Many of the beads listed in this paragraph may be purchased from vendors such as Microspheres-Nanospheres, Cold Spring, N.Y. 10516, USA.
- vesicles or droplets may also be used as vehicles for delivering compounds for some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Lipids, deblock-copolymers, tri-block copolymers or other membrane forming materials may be used to form an internal volume into which compounds may be loaded. Compounds may be released from these encapsulated volumes by addition of detergent, mechanical agitation, temperature, salt, pH or other means.
- Water-in-oil droplet emulsions or oil-in-water droplet emulsions are yet other means to passively encapsulate compounds that may be delivered to assay volumes.
- DNA tags may also be loaded passively, or alternatively, the DNA tags may be covalently attached to the beads, vesicles or droplets.
- the present disclosure can exclude any beads or resins that are made of any one the above chemicals, or that are made of derivatives of one any one of the above chemicals.
- the beads can be spheroid and have a diameter of about 0.1-1 micrometers, about 1-5 micrometers, about 1-10, about 5-10, about 5-20, about 5-30, about 10-20, about 10-30, about 10-40, about 10-50, about 20-30, about 20-40, about 20-50, about 20-60, about 50-100, about 50-200, about 50-300, about 50-400, about 100-200, about 100-400, about 100-600, about 100-800, about 200-400, about 200-600, about 200-800 micrometers, and so on.
- Non-spheroid beads that are definable in terms of the above values and ranges are also provided.
- one of the axes, or one of the primary dimensions (for example, a side) or one of the secondary dimensions (for example, a diagonal) may comprise values in the above ranges.
- the present disclosure can exclude any reagent, composition, system, or method, that encompasses spheroid beads (or non-spheroid beads) falling into one or more of the above values or ranges.
- a plurality of bead dimers where the bead-dimer takes the form of two beads that are attached to each other, and where one bead contains a plurality of attached nucleic acid barcodes (either orthogonal nucleic acid modules, or concatenated nucleic acid modules), and the other bead contains a plurality of attached compounds, where all of the compounds are substantially related to each other (or where all of the compounds are substantially identical in chemical structure to each other).
- the bead dimer may be synthesized by preparing the first bead that has the attached compounds, separately preparing the second bead that has attached nucleic acid barcodes, and then linking the two beads together.
- the beads are attached to each other by a reversible linker, and in another aspect, the beads are attached to each other by a non-reversible linker.
- Bead permeability In embodiments, the present disclosure provides beads with various ranges or degrees of permeability. Permeability can be measured as the percentage of the volume of the bead that is accessible by a solvent, where the unit of measurement is percentage of the bead's surface that takes the form or pores, or where the unit of measurement is percentage of the bead's interior that takes the form of channels, networks, or chambers that are in fluid communication with the surface (and exterior medium) of the bead.
- the present disclosure can encompass porous beads or, alternatively, can exclude porous beads.
- U.S. Pat. No. 9,062,304 of Rothberg discloses a bead with an exterior and with interior regions. What is shown is “internal surfaces (pore surfaces),” and that “suitable pores will . . . exclude larger molecules,” and the option of “exploiting differential functionalization of interior and exterior surfaces,” and various pore diameters, and polymers such as poly(styrene sulfonic acid) and polystyrene.
- FIG. 1 of Rothberg provides pictures of surface of bead and pores of bead.
- U.S. Pat. No. 9,745,438 of Bedre provides transmission electron microscope image of porous bead.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,888,930 of Smith provides scanning electron micrograph of cross-section of porous bead.
- exterior surface of a bead or microparticle can be determined by tightly wrapping the entire bead or microparticle with an elastic film.
- the bead or microparticle can be wrapped by way of a thought-experiment, or the wrapped bead can be depicted by a drawing or photograph, or the bead can be wrapped in reality.
- the exterior surface of the bead is that part of the bead that physically contacts the wrapping.
- the present disclosure provides a bead with pores accounting for at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, of the surface area. Also, the present disclosure provides a bead where the volume of the internal channels or networks accounts for at least 1%, at least 2%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, of the total volume of the bead, and where the internal channels or networks are in fluid communication with the outside surface (and exterior medium) of the bead.
- the present disclosure provides a bead with pores accounting for less than 1%, less than 2%, less than 5%, less than 10%, less than 15%, less than 20%, less than 30%, less than 40%, of the surface area. Also, the present disclosure provides a bead where the volume of the internal channels or networks accounts for less than 1%, less than 2%, less than 5%, less than 10%, less than 15%, less than 20%, less than 30%, less than 40%, less than 50%, less than 60%, less than 70%, less than 80%, of the total volume of the bead, and where the internal channels or networks are in fluid communication with the outside surface (and exterior medium) of the bead.
- Iron-core beads The present disclosure encompasses iron-core beads or magnetic beads. These beads can be manipulated with magnets to move them from one reaction vessel to another reaction vessel, or from one container to another container. Manipulations by robotics can be enhanced by using these beads. Methods of manufacture and use of magnetic beads are available (Szymonifka and Chapman (1994) Tetrahedron Letters. 36:1597-1600; Liu, Qian, Xiao (2011) ACS Comb. Sci. 13:537-546; Alam, Maeda, Sasaki (2000) Bioorg. Med. Chem. 8:465-473).
- the present disclosure can exclude any bead, or any population of beads, where the bead or population meets one of the above values or ranges.
- the compounds may be held in traditional 96, 385 or 1536 well microtiter plates. To these plates, beads may be added, into which the compounds get loaded by diffusion or by other active loading methods.
- the beads chosen for impregnation have pore sizes or percolation geometries that prevent immediate emptying of the compounds when removed from the mother solution. The diffusion out of the beads may be enhanced by heat, pressure, additives or other stimulants, if needed.
- the compound-laden beads may be capped in a manner that prevents leakage of the internal contents until triggered by an external impulse.
- One method for capping the exteriors of porous beads involves adding lipids or amphiphilic molecules to the bead-compound solution, such that the cavities exposed to the surface of the beads get sealed by a bilayer formed by the amphiphilic molecules.
- preformed vesicles may be mixed with the drug laden beads, such that upon agitating, the vesicles rupture and the membranes reform over the surface of the drug-laden beads, thereby sealing them. Methods to perform such bead sealing are described (see, Tanuj Sapra et al (2012) Nature Scientific Reports volume 2, Article No.: 848).
- beads are generated from the compounds by addition of appropriate reagents, for instance by adding lipids or di-block copolymers followed by agitation, whereby vesicles are formed containing the compounds in their interior or within the bilayer membrane.
- the compounds may be pushed through a microfluidic T junction to create aqueous phase droplets in an oil phase, where the compounds are contained within the aqueous phase or at the interface between the aqueous phase and the oil phase.
- the droplets formed may further be polymerized, creating hydrogels, that are more rugged and stable to handling than unpolymerized aqueous phase droplets.
- Droplet-based encapsulation and assays are disclosed by, Oliver et al (2013) Droplet Based Microfluidics, SLAS Discovery Volume: 19 issue: 4, page(s): 483-496.
- Sol-gel encapsulation process may also be employed to encapsulate compounds within beads. Formation of sol-gel beads is described in, Sol-gel Encapsulation of Biomolecules and Cells for Medicinal Applications, Xiaolin Wang et al (2015) Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry. 15: 223.
- Methods used to manufacture combinatorial libraries involve three steps, (1) Preparing the library; (2) Screening the compounds in the library, and (3) Determining the structure of the compounds, for example, of all of the compounds or only of the compounds that provided an interesting result with screening (see, Lam et al (1997) The One-Bead-One-Compound Combinatorial Library Method. Chem. Rev. 97:411-448).
- An advantage of synthesizing compounds by way of a bead-bound synthesis is that the compound can be made rapidly by the “split-and-pool” method.
- each bead can include, not only a compound but also an encoding strategy.
- encoding does NOT refer to the genetic code. Instead, the term “encoding” means that the user possesses a legend, key, or code, that correlates each of many thousands of short nucleic acid sequences with a single bead-bound compound.
- a dramatic variation of using a bead that bears bead-bound compounds and bead-bound nucleic acids, where the nucleic acids encode the associated compounds is as follows.
- the dramatic variation is to manufacture a library of conjugates, where each member of the library takes the form of a conjugate of a small molecule plus a DNA moiety, where the DNA moiety encodes the small molecule).
- This conjugate is soluble and is not bead-bound.
- the conjugate remains bound to the cell or purified protein, thereby enabling isolation of the conjugate and eventual identifying the compound by sequencing the conjugated nucleic acid (see, Satz et al (2015) Bioconjugate Chemistry. 26:1623-1632).
- the term “encode” does not refer to the genetic code, but instead it refers to the fact that the researcher uses a specific nucleic acid sequence to indicate a specific, known structure of a compound that is attached to it.
- a bead that screens positive can be subjected to Edman degradation or to mass spectrometry to identify the bead-bound compound (see, Shih et al (2017) Mol. Cancer Ther. 16:1212-1223). If the bead-bound compounds are peptides, then MALDI mass spectrometry can be used for direct determination of the sequence of a positively-screening peptide compound. Direct sequencing is possible, because simultaneous cleavage and ionization occur under laser irradiation (Song, Lam (2003) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 125:6180-6188).
- the bead can be 0.1 mm in diameter and it can hold about 10 13 copies of the same compound (Lam et al, supra).
- each bead can be used in individual assays, where the assays measure biochemical activity or, alternatively, a binding activity.
- Assays can be “on-bead” assays or, alternatively, the compound can be severed from the bead and used in solution-phase assays (Lam et al, supra).
- Parameters of any type of bead include its tendency to swell in a given assay medium, whether the bead's polymer is hydrophobic or hydrophilic, the identity of the attachments sites on the bead for attaching each compound, the issue of whether a spacer such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) is used to provide some separation of each compound from the bead's surface, and the internal volume of the bead.
- a spacer such as polyethylene glycol (PEG)
- Lam et al, supra discloses that polyoxyethylene-grafted styrene (TentaGel®) has the advantage that the functionalizable group is at the end of a polyoxyethylene chain, and thus far away from the hydrophobic polystyrene.
- Beads that possess a water-soluble linker include TentaGel and polydimethylacrylamide bead (PepSyn® gel, Cambridge Research Biochemicals, Northwitch, UK).
- the parameter of internal volume can provide an advantage, where there is a need to prevent interactions between the bead-bound DNA barcode and the target of the bead-bound compound.
- the bead can be manufactured so that the DNA barcode is situated in the inside of the bead while, in contrast, the compound that is being screened is attached to the bead's surface (Lam et al, supra, at pages 438-439).
- This advantage of internal volume may be irrelevant, where the bead-bound compound is attached by a cleavable linker, and where assays of the compound are conducted only on compounds that are cleaved and released.
- Appell et al provide a non-limiting example of spit-and-pool method for synthesizing a chemical library followed by screening to detect active compounds (Appell et al (1996) J. Biomolecular Screening. 1:27-31).
- Library beads are placed, one into each well, in an array of wells on a first microwell plate, nanowell plate, or picowell plate. Beads are exposed to light, in order to cleave about 50% of the bead-bound compounds, releasing them into solution in the well. Released compound is then transferred to a second microwell plate, and subjected to assays for detecting wells that contain active compounds, thereby identifying which beads in the first plate contain bead-bound compounds that are active.
- Shih et al provide a novel type of bead (Shih et al (2017) Mol. Cancer Ther. 16:1212-1223).
- This novel type of bead contains a bead-bound compound that is a member of a library of “synthetic death ligands against ovarian cancer.”
- the bead is also decorated with biotin, where two more chemicals are added that create a sandwich, and where the sandwich maintains adhesion of the cell to the bead.
- the sandwich includes a streptavidin plus biotin-LXY30 complex.
- This sandwich connects the bead to LXY30's receptor, which happens to be a well-known protein on the cell surface, namely, an integrin.
- LLS2 new molecule
- the above method uses bead-bound compounds, where the compounds bind to cells (even though the compound is still bead-bound).
- Cho et al created a similar one-bead-one-compound library, where the compound being screened was sufficient to bind to cells (without any need for the above-described sandwich) (Cho et al (2013) ACS Combinatorial Science. 15:393-400).
- the goal of the Cho et al, report was to discover RGD-containing peptides that bind to integrin that is expressed by cancer cells.
- the above-disclosed reagents and methods are useful for the present disclosure.
- An advantage of orthogonal barcoding over concatenated barcoding is as follows. With attachment of each monomer of a growing chemical compound, what is attached in parallel is a DNA barcode module. With concatenated barcoding, if attachment of any given module is imperfect (meaning, that not all of the attachments sites was successfully coupled with a needed module), then the sequence of the completed barcode will not be correct. The statement “not be correct” means that imperfect coupling means that chunks may be missing from wad was assumed to be the completed, correct DNA barcode. Here, the completed barcode sequence will contain a mistake, due to failure of attachment of all of the modules. In contrast, with orthogonal barcoding each individual module gets covalently bound to its own unique attachement site on the bead. And where once a module gets attached to a given site on the bead, no further modules will be connected to the module that is already attached.
- Each DNA barcode module prior to attaching to a growing bead-bound DNA barcode, can take the form of double stranded DNA (dsDNA), where this dsDNA is treated with a DNA cross-linker such as mitomycin-C. After completion of the synthesis of the DNA barcode in its dsDNA form, this dsDNA is converted to ssDNA.
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- Conversion of dsDNA to ssDNA can be effected where one of the DNA strands has a uracil (U) residue, and where cleavage of the DNA at the position of the uracil residue is catalyzed by uracil-N-glycosidase (see, FIG. 5 of Ser. No. 62/562,905, filed Sep. 25, 2017. Ser. No. 62/562,905 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the above refers to damage that is inflicted on the growing DNA barcode by reagents used to make the bead-bound chemical compound.
- Another method for reducing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes, and for reducing damage to partially synthesized DNA barcodes is by synthesizing the DNA barcode in a double stranded DNA form, where each of the DNA barcode modules that are being attached to each other takes the form of dsDNA, and where each of the two strands is stabilized by way of a DNA headpiece. For eventual sequencing of the completed DNA barcode, one of the strands is cleaved off from the DNA headpiece and removed.
- the above refers to damage that is inflicted on the growing DNA barcode by reagents used to make the bead-bound chemical compound (where this chemical compound is a member of the chemical library).
- Yet another method for reducing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes is to synthesize the DNA barcode in a way that self-assembles to form a hairpin, and where this DNA barcode self-assembles to that the first prong of the hairpin anneals to the second prong of the hairpin.
- the DNA barcode being synthesized takes the form of double stranded DNA (dsDNA)
- solvents such as DCM, DMF, and DMA can denature the DNA barcode.
- DCM, DMF, and DMA can denature the DNA barcode.
- DNA barcode can refer to a polynucleotide that identifies a chemical compound in its entirety while, in contrast, “DNA barcode module” can refer to only one of the monomers that make up the chemical compound.
- Another method for reducing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes, and for reducing damage to partially synthesized DNA barcodes, is to use double stranded DNA (dsDNA) and to seal the ends of this dsDNA by way of 7-aza-dATP and dGTP.
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- the method can use an intermediate between “concatenated DNA barcoding” and “orthogonal DNA barcoding,” where this intermediate involves blocks of DNA barcodes, that is, where each block contains two DNA modules, or contains three DNA modules, or contains four DNA modules, or contains five DNA modules, and the like (but does not contain all of the DNA modules that identify the full-length compound).
- FIG. 1 discloses an exemplary and non-limiting diagram of the CONCATENATED structured bead.
- the bead contains a plurality of DNA barcodes (each made of DNA barcode modules) and a plurality of compounds (each made of chemical library monomers).
- DNA barcode may be used to refer to the polymer that includes all of the nucleic acids that are a “DNA barcode module,” as well as all of the nucleic acids that provide some function.
- the function can be an annealing site for a sequencing primer, or the function can be used to identify a step in chemical synthesis of the bead-bound compound.
- each compound is made of several chemical library members, and where each chemical library member is represented by a square, circle, or triangle.
- FIG. 1 shows that each DNA barcode module is numbered, consecutively, from 1 to 8, where these numbers correspond to the respective eight shapes (squares, circles, triangles). For clarity, nucleic acids that serve a function (and do not represent or “encode” any particular chemical unit) are not shown in the figure.
- FIG. 2 discloses an exemplary and non-limiting embodiment of the ORTHOGONAL structured bead.
- the bead contains a plurality of DNA barcodes (each made of DNA barcode modules), but each DNA barcode module is attached to a separate linking site on the bead.
- the entire DNA barcode consists of eight DNA barcode modules, which in the figure are numbered 1-8.
- the bead also contains a plurality of attached chemical compounds, each with eight units, as shown by the eight shapes (circles, squares, triangles).
- each of the DNA barcode modules needs to have a nucleic acid that identifies the position of the chemical library monomer in the completed, full-length compound.
- the position needs to be first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, or eighth.
- the chemical monomer is first attached and then, after that, the corresponding DNA barcode module is attached.
- the DNA barcode module is first attached, and then the corresponding chemical monomer is attached.
- a procedure of organic synthesis can be followed that sometimes uses the “one embodiment” and sometimes uses the “alternative embodiment.”
- the present method provides block-wise addition of a block of several chemical monomers which is attached to the bead, in parallel with attachment of a block of several DNA barcode modules.
- reagents, compositions, and methods that used block-wise addition of chemical monomers, of DNA barcode modules, or of both chemical monomers and DNA barcode modules, to a bead.
- nucleic acids that may be present in the bead-bound polynucleotide, including nucleic acids that “encode” or serve to identify monomers of a bead-bound compound.
- the present disclosure can exclude a nucleic acid that encodes a “step-specific DNA sequencing primer site.”
- a corresponding DNA barcode module where each DNA barcode module is flanked by at least one corresponding primer-binding site, that is, “a step-specific DNA sequencing primer site.”
- a nucleic acid that encodes or designates a particular step in the chemical synthesis of a compound, such as step 1, step 2, step 3, or step 4.
- the present disclosure can include a nucleic acid that functions as a spacer.
- spacer can create a distance, along a polynucleotide chain, between a first site that is a sequencing primer annealing site and a second site that identifies a chemical monomer.
- the present disclosure can use a nucleic acid that reiterates or confirms the information provided by another nucleic acid.
- the present disclosure can use a nucleic acid that encodes a PCR primer binding site.
- a PCR primer binding site can be distinguished from a sequencing primer, because a polynucleotide with a PCR primer binding site has two PCR primer binding sites, and because both of these sites are designed to have the same melting point (melting point when the PCR primer is annealed to PCR primer binding site).
- the present disclosure can exclude a nucleic acid that functions as a spacer, or solely as a spacer. Also, the present disclosure can exclude a nucleic acid that reiterates or confirms the info provided by another nucleic acid. Moreover, the present disclosure can exclude a nucleic acid that serves as a PCR primer binding site, and can exclude a nucleic acid that serves as a binding site for a primer that is not a PCR primer.
- the present disclosure can exclude a nucleic acid that identifies the date that a chemical library was made, or that identifies a step in chemical synthesis of a particular compound, or that serves as a primer annealing sequence.
- the present disclosure provides a DNA barcode that contains DNA barcode modules and one or more sequencing primer annealing sites.
- Each DNA barcode module may have its own, dedicated, sequencing primer binding site.
- one particular sequencing primer binding site may be used for sequencing two, three, four, five, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more consecutive DNA barcode modules, as may exist on the bead-bound DNA barcode.
- each DNA barcode module has its own dedicated sequencing primer binding site.
- the present disclosure provides a bead-bound concatenated barcode comprising a primer binding site capable of binding a DNA sequencing primer, wherein said primer binding site is capable of directing sequencing of one or more of the 1 st DNA barcode module, the 2 nd DNA barcode module, the 3 rd DNA barcode module, the 4 th DNA barcode module, the 5 th DNA barcode module, and the 6 th DNA barcode module, and wherein the primer binding site is situated 3-prime to the 1 st DNA barcode module with no other DNA barcode module in between the 1 st DNA barcode module and the primer binding site, 3-prime to the 2 nd DNA barcode module with no other DNA barcode module in between, 3-prime to the 3 rd DNA barcode module with no other DNA barcode module in between, 3-prime to the 4 th DNA barcode module with no other DNA barcode module in between, 3-prime to the 5 th DNA barcode module with no other
- Encoding sequences and sequences complementary to encoding sequences can encompass any one, any combination of, or all of the encoding sequences disclosed above, or elsewhere, in this document.
- what can be excluded are any one, any combination of, or all of the encoding sequences disclosed above, or elsewhere, in this document.
- What can also be included or can be excluded are double stranded nucleic acids that encode any one, any combination of, or all of the encoding sequences described above, or elsewhere, in this document.
- each DNA module gets covalently attached to a separate site on the bead, and where the result is that the entire DNA barcode is contributed by a plurality of DNA modules.
- the DNA barcode has the orthogonal structure, none of the DNA barcode modules are attached to each other—instead each and every one of the DNA barcode molecules has its own bead-attachment site that is dedicated to that particular DNA barcode module.
- the orthogonal DNA barcode includes a short nucleic acid that identifies the first step of compound synthesis.
- the first DNA barcode module With the parallel attachment of the first chemical monomer and the first DNA barcode module, the first DNA barcode module actually takes the form of this complex of two nucleic acids: [SHORT NUCLEIC ACID THAT MEANS “STEP ONE”] connected to [FIRST DNA BARCODE MODULE]. All of the nucleotides of this complex are in-frame with each other and can be read in a sequencing assay, but the first short nucleic acid may optionally be attached to the first DNA barcode module by way of a spacer nucleic acid.
- the orthogonal DNA barcode includes a short nucleic acid that identifies the second step of compound synthesis.
- the second DNA barcode module actually takes the form of this complex of two nucleic acids: [SHORT NUCLEIC ACID THAT MEANS “STEP TWO”] connected to [SECOND DNA BARCODE MODULE]. All of the nucleotides of this complex are in-frame with each other and can be read in a sequencing assay, but the second short nucleic acid may optionally be attached to the second DNA barcode module by way of a spacer nucleic acid.
- the above-described method is repeated for the third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, and up to the last of the DNA barcode modules and up to the last of the chemical monomers, for any given bead.
- the above-method can be followed when using split-and-pool synthesis, for creating DNA barcodes and chemical compounds that are bead-bound.
- each attached DNA barcode module includes an attached, second nucleic acid, where this second nucleic acid identifies the step (the step during the parallel synthesis of DNA barcode and chemical compound).
- about 5%, about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, or about 50% of the DNA barcode attachments sites on the bead are used up.
- less than about 2%, less than about 5%, less than about 10%, less than about 20%, less than about 30%, less than about 40%, or less than about 50% of the DNA barcode attachments sites on the bead are used up.
- Exclusionary embodiments can exclude beads or methods that match any of the above values or ranges. Also, exclusionary embodiments can exclude beads or methods that fail to match any of the above values or ranges.
- the following concerns polymers that comprises one or more nucleic acids, each being a DNA barcode, as well as polymers that comprise two or more nucleic acids, where some of the nucleic acids have a biochemical function such as serving as a primer-annealing site or as a spacer, and where other nucleic acids have an informational function and are DNA barcodes.
- the present disclosure can exclude a DNA barcode that includes a DNA crosslinking agent such as psoralen.
- what can be excluded is a method for making a DNA barcode that uses DNA ligase. Also, what can be excluded is a DNA barcode and methods for making, that comprise a hairpin (ssDNA bent in a loop, so that one portion of the ssDNA hybridizes to another portion of the same ssDNA). Additionally, what can be excluded is a composition with a nucleic acid hairpin, where the nucleic acid hairpin is covalently closed, for example, with a chemical linker. Moreover, what can be excluded is a DNA barcode that is covalently linked, either directly to a “headpiece,” or indirectly to “headpiece” (indirectly by way of covalent binding to one or more chemicals that reside in between DNA barcode and the headpiece).
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- ssDNA single stranded DNA
- about 5%, about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, or about 50% of the remaining free DNA barcode attachments sites on the bead are used up.
- less than about 5%, less than about 10%, less than about 20%, less than about 30%, less than about 40%, or less than about 50% of the remaining free DNA barcode attachments sites on the bead are used up.
- Exclusionary embodiments can exclude beads or methods that match any of the above values or ranges. Also, exclusionary embodiments can exclude beads or methods that fail to match any of the above values or ranges.
- the present disclosure provides a bead-bound concatenated-style DNA barcode, where the bead contains a plurality of concatenated-style DNA barcodes, and where most or nearly all of the plurality of concatenated-style DNA barcodes have essentially the same structure.
- the concatenated-style DNA barcode can contain one or more DNA barcode modules, where the ordering of these DNA barcode modules (from the bead-attachment terminus to the distal terminus) along the entire DNA barcode, takes the same order as the time that the bead-bound concatenated-style DNA barcode is synthesized. Also, the ordering of these DNA barcode modules along the entire DNA barcode, takes the same order as the time that a corresponding chemical library monomer is coupled to the growing bead-bound compound.
- the concatenated-style DNA barcode can comprise, in this order, a linker that is used to couple the entire concatenated-style DNA barcode to the bead. Also, it can comprise, in this order, a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd DNA barcode module, a 2 nd annealing site, a 3 rd DNA barcode module, and a 3 rd annealing site.
- the concatenated-style DNA barcode can comprise, in this order, a linker, a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st annealing site, a 1 st sequencing primer binding site, a 2 nd DNA barcode module, a 2 nd annealing site, a 2 nd sequencing primer binding site, a 3 rd DNA barcode module, a 3 rd annealing site, and a 3 rd sequencing primer binding site, and so on.
- the concatenated-style DNA barcode can comprise, in this order, a linker, a 1 st DNA barcode module, a 1 st sequencing primer binding site, 1 st annealing site, a 2 nd DNA barcode module, a 2 nd sequencing primer binding site, a 2 nd annealing site, a 3 rd DNA barcode module, a 3rd sequencing primer binding site, and 3 rd annealing site, and so on.
- annealing site is used to refer to an annealing site that is part of a splint oligonucleotide (splint oligo) and also to refer to the corresponding bead-bound annealing site that resides on a growing bead-bound DNA barcode.
- splint oligo splint oligonucleotide
- annealing site does not possess the same DNA sequence as the corresponding “annealing site” on the growing bead-bound DNA barcode.
- one sequence is complementary to the other sequence. Therefore, it is of no consequence that, for the descriptions herein, both annealing sites have the same name.
- the 2 nd annealing site on a splint oligo is disclosed as one that hybridizes to the 2 nd annealing site on growing bead-bound DNA barcode.
- the growing compound and the growing sequence of DNA barcode modules can be synthesized in blocks.
- a block consisting of 2-chemical library units can be attached to a bead in parallel with attaching a block consisting of corresponding 2-DNA barcode modules.
- a block consisting of 3-chemical library units can be attached to a bead in parallel with attaching a block consisting of a corresponding 3-DNA barcodes.
- Block synthesis involving blocks of four, blocks of five, blocks of six, blocks of seven, blocks of eight, blocks of nine, blocks of ten, and so on, are also provided. Each of these block transfer embodiments can also be excluded by the present disclosure.
- the blockwise transfer of DNA barcode monomers can be done orthogonally, with unique attachment points for receiving each of successive blocks of DNA barcode momers.
- blockwise transfer of DNA barcode monomers can be done to produce a concatemer structure (all DNA barcode modules occurring as only one continuous, linear polymer).
- the block can take the form of two or more chemical library monomers, and the block can take the form of two or more DNA barcode modules.
- split-and-pool synthesis can be used for the parallel synthesis of bead-bound compounds and bead-bound concatenated DNA barcode. Also, split-and-pool synthesis can be used for the parallel synthesis of bead-bound compounds and bead-bound orthogonal DNA barcode.
- the concatenated DNA barcode can be made by way of the “splint oligo” method. Alternatively, concatenated DNA barcode can be made by way of click chemistry. Also, a combination of the “splint oligo” method and click chemistry can be used.
- Split-and-pool synthesis can occur in a 96 well plate, where each well has a floor made of a 0.25 micrometer filter.
- suction can be applied to remove any aqueous solutions from all of the 96 wells, for example, where there is a need to replace a first aqueous solution with a second aqueous solution.
- This suction method is used when the bead is exposed to a first set of reagents, or when the first set of reagents needs to be rinsed out, or when the first set of reagents needs to be replaced by a second set of reagents.
- a manifold is used to hold the 96 well plate (Resprep VM-96 manifold) and a pump can be used to draw fluid out the bottom of every filter (BUCHI Vac V-500 pump).
- the 96 well plate with the filter bottom was, AcroPrep Advance 96 well, 350 uL, 0.45 um, REF 8048 (Pall Corp., Multi-Well Plates, Ann Arbor, Mich.).
- a polynucleotide comprising a first nucleic acid that is an annealing site for a sequencing primer, and a second nucleic acid that is a DNA barcode module
- the first nucleic acid can be immediately upstream of the second nucleic acid.
- the first nucleic acid can be upstream of the second nucleic acid, where the first and second nucleic acids are separated from each other by one, two, three, four, five, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more nucleotides, or by about one, about two, about three, about about four, about five, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, or about 15 nucleotides.
- the separation can be with nucleic acids that merely serve as a spacer or, alternatively, the separation can be with a third nucleic acid that encodes information, such as step number in a multi-step pathway of organic synthesis, or the nume of a class of chemical compounds, or a disease that might be treatable by the bead-bound compound, or the date, or a lot number, and so on.
- Click chemistry can be used for the step-by-step synthesis of a DNA barcode.
- what can be coupled is a first DNA barcode module directly to a bead, or a first DNA barcode module to a bead-bound linker.
- a polynucleotide taking the form of a first nucleic acid that is a 1 st DNA barcode module attached to a second nucleic acid that is a 1 st sequencing primer binding site.
- This sequencing primer binding site allows the operator to determine the sequence of the 1 st DNA barcode module.
- what can be coupled is a 2 nd DNA barcode module directly to a bead-bound 1 st DNA barcode module.
- a polynucleotide taking the form of a first nucleic acid that is a 2 nd DNA barcode module attached to a second nucleic acid that is a 2 nd sequencing primer binding site. This sequencing primer binding site allows the operator to determine the sequence of the 2 nd DNA barcode module. If there is read-through to the 1 st DNA barcode module, then what can be determined is the sequence of both of these DNA barcode modules.
- a polynucleotide comprising a first nucleic acid that is a 1 st DNA barcode module, and a second nucleic acid that identifies the step in a multi-step parallel synthesis of the DNA barcode and of the compound.
- the second nucleic acid can identify the general class of compounds that are being made by the split-and-pool synthesis.
- the second nucleic acid can identify a disease that is to be treated by the compounds to be screened.
- the second nucleic acid can identify the date, or the name of the chemist, and so on.
- a preferred method for synthesizing the DNA barcode is shown below, where the same cycle of reactions is used with progressive attachment of each DNA barcode module.
- Step 1 Provide a bead with an attached TCO group.
- the bead will have hundreds or thousands of identically attached TCO groups, where each TCO group is attached to a different site on the bead. Also, in actual practice, a large number of beads will be simultaneously modified by click chemistry, with employment of the split-and-pool method.
- Step 2 Add [tetrazine]-[first DNA barcode module]-[azide] to the bead, and allow the TCO group condense with the tetrazine group.
- the result is the following construct: BEAD-TCO-tetrazine-first DNA barcode module-azide.
- this construct does not include any TCO or tetrazine, but instead has the condensation product that is created when TCO condenses with tetrazine.
- Step 3 Optional wash.
- Step 4 Add DBCO-TCO in order to cap the azide and to create a TCO terminus
- the result is the following structure:
- Step 5 Optional wash.
- Step 6 Add the following reagent, which attaches the second DNA barcode module. Attachment is to the distal terminus of the growing DNA barcode.
- the reagent is:
- the above scheme includes a cycle of steps for the stepwise addition of more and more DNA barcode modules, where these additions are in parallel with additions of more and more chemical monomers.
- this “parallel” synthesis can involve attaching a chemical monomer followed by attaching a DNA barcode module that identifies that monomer or, alternatively, attaching a DNA barcode module followed by attaching a chemical monomer that is identified by that particular chemical monomer.
- FIG. 17 discloses the chemical synthesis of a compound suitable for connecting a deoxycytidine reside (dC) during the synthesis of a DNA barcode module and, ultimately, the entire DNA barcode.
- the starting material is N4-acetyl-2′-deoxy-5′-O-DMT cytidine.
- DMT stands for 4,4-dimethoxytrityl.
- the final product of this multi-step pathway of organic synthesis bears a cytosine moiety, a triphosphate group, and a propargyl group that is attached to the 3′-position of the ribose group.
- the propargyl group is used for click chemistry, where it condenses with an azide group to produce a covalent bond.
- a residual chemical occurs as a “scar” from the click chemistry that had been performed.
- DNA polymerases that can be used for sequencing-by-synthesis of DNA barcodes made by click chemistry, and where the DNA polymerases can move across the scars, and where the scars do not cause sequencing errors.
- TBAI is tetrabutyl ammonium iodide.
- DNA barcode modules are assembled in a row in order to create the DNA barcode.
- DNA barcode is used instead of “DNA barcode module,” in order to make the in-text diagrams fit on the page.
- FIG. 7 illustrates the same steps as shown here, but with additional details, such as diagrams of beads. A reiterated sequence of reactions can be used for adding each additional DNA barcode module.
- a DNA barcode that includes a terminal nucleic acid that encodes DNA hairpin.
- the sequencing primer anneals to the sequencing primer annealing site, where the actual sequencing reaction begins at the 3′-teminus of the annealed sequencing primer.
- the “splint oligo” can include a sequence that encompasses a DNA hairpin (the DNA hairpin including, in this order, an annealing site for the sequencing primer, several nucleotides that do not base pair with each other or with any nearby sequences of bases, and a sequencing primer).
- DNA polymerase and dNTPs are added, where polymerization occurs at the 3′-end of the growing DNA barcode, where what gets polymerized using the splint oligo as a template is, in order: (1) Annealing site for sequencing primer; (2) Bend in the hairpin taking the form of four or five deoxyribonucleotides that do not base pair with teach other; and (3) Sequencing primer.
- Reversible terminator group at the 3′-end of the hairpin sequencing primer.
- the present disclosure provides reagents, compositions, and methods, for attaching a pre-formed complex of a nucleotide/reversible terminator group, to the 3′-terminus of the annealed sequencing primer.
- Reversible terminator group is an optional component of the hairpin sequencing primer, where it is to be part of a bead-bound DNA barcode.
- FIG. 7 shows that the bead-bound polynucleotide comprises a 1 st DNA barcode and a 1 st annealing site.
- the linker can be made of a nucleic acid, or it can be made of some other chemically.
- the linker is hydrophobic, and preferably the linker separates the bead-bound DNA barcode from the hydrophobic polystyrene bead, for example, a TentaGel® bead.
- a 1 st annealing site that is part of a bead-bound DNA barcode and a 1 st annealing site that is part of a soluble “splint oligo” are both called “1 st annealing site,” even though they do not have the same sequence of bases (instead, the sequence of bases are complementary to each other, where the result is tha the splint oligo can hybridize to the 1 st annealing site on the bead-bound growing DNA barcode, thereby serving as a template for DNA polymerase to extend the bead-bound DNA barcode by copying what is on the splint oligo.
- a 2 nd annealing site that is part of a bead-bound DNA barcode and a 2 nd annealing site that is part of a soluble “splint oligo” are both called, “2 nd annealing site,” even though they do not have the same sequence (but instead have complementary bases).
- the bead-bound growing DNA barcode from the 5′-end to the 3′-end, may contain the nucleic acids in the following order:
- the bead-bound growing DNA barcode from the 5′-end to the 3′-end, may include a nucleic acid that encodes the step number, where the bead-bound growing DNA barcode has nucleic acids in the following order:
- the bead-bound growing DNA barcode can include a nucleic acid that is a functional nucleic acid (a sequencing primer annealing site), as shown below:
- linker that mediates coupling of the DNA barcode to the bead.
- the linker can take the form of a nucleic acid, or it can be made of some other organic chemical.
- STEP 2 Add a soluble splint oligonucleotide (splint oligo), where this splint oligo comprises a 1 st annealing site and a 2 nd DNA barcode module, and a 2 nd annealing site.
- splint oligo soluble splint oligonucleotide
- FIG. 7 also illustrates the step where the hybridized splint oligo is used as a template, where DNA polymerase catalyzes the attachment to the bead-bound growing DNA barcode of the 2nd DNA barcode module and the 2′ annealing site.
- FIG. 7 shows the enzymatic product where DNA polymerase catalyzes uses the splint oligo as a template, resulting in the bead-bound DNA barcode growing by a bit longer (growing by covalent attachment of the 2 nd DNA barcode and the 2 nd annealing site. What is shown immediately below in the text, is the complex of the splint oligo that is hybridized to the bead-bound growing DNA barcode:
- Step 4 Wash away the splint oligo.
- the splint oligo can be encouraged to dissociate from the bead-bound growing barcode by heating, that is, by heating the entire picowell plate, for example, to about 60 degrees C., about 65 degrees C., about 70 degrees C., about 75 degrees C., about 80 degrees C., for about ten minutes or, alternatively, by adding dilute NaOH to the picowell array, and then neutralizing.
- Step 5 Add a second splint oligo which, after hybridizing to the bead-bound growing splint oligo, can be used as a template for mediating DNA polymerase-catalyzed attachment of a 3rd DNA barcode and a 3rd annealing site.
- This second splint oligo which is a soluble reagent, is shown below (but it is not shown in FIG. 7 ):
- Step 6 Allow this oligonucleotide to anneal to the corresponding bead-bound “2 nd annealing site,” and allow DNA polymerase to extend the bead-bound oligonucleotide, so that it contains a complement to the: “3 rd DNA barcode/3 rd annealing site/
- Step 7 Wash away the second splint oligo.
- Step 4 Add the following splint oligo (this particular addition is not shown in FIG. 7 ).
- This soluble oligonucleotide has a nucleic acid that can anneal to the “3 rd annealing site” of the bead-bound oligonucleotide.
- DNA polymerase with four dNTPs are employed and used for extending the bead-bound oligonucleotide to encode yet another DNA barcode module (the 4 th DNA barcode).
- the above cycle of steps is repeated, during the entire split-and-pool procedure that creates, in parallel, the library of chemical compounds and the associated DNA barcodes, where each DNA barcode is associated with a given compound (where each DNA barcode informs us of the history of chemical synthesis of the associated compound).
- the above cycle of steps is stopped, when the chemical synthesis of the library of compounds has been completed. With the completed bead-bound, DNA barcoded chemical library in hand, the beads can then be dispensed into microwells of a microwell array.
- the DNA barcode for each bead also constitutes a DNA barcode that associated with each microwell.
- the DNA barcode allows identification of the bead-bound compound.
- the sequencing method of the present disclosure occurs inside the microwell while the bead is still inside the microwell.
- the present disclosure can exclude any sequencing method and can exclude exclude any reagents used for sequencing, where sequencing is not performed on a DNA tempate that is bead-bound, or where sequencing is not performed on a bead-bound DNA template that is siutated inside a microwell.
- each DNA barcode module in a completed DNA barcode is operably linked and in frame with its own sequencing primer annealing site, thus providing the operator with the ability to conduct separate sequencing procedures on each DNA barcode module (in this embodiment, it is preferred that each DNA barcode module is also operably linked with its own nucleic acid that identifies (encodes) the step in synthesis of the entire DNA barcode.
- each DNA barcode has only one sequencing primer annealing site, where this can be situated at or near the 3′-terminus of the bead-bound DNA barcode, and where the sequencing primer itself can be soluble, added to the picowell, and then hybridized to the sequencing primer annealing site.
- this DNA hairpin is added by way of a “splint oligo” at the final step in creating the bead-bound DNA barcode.
- FIG. 7 does not show any annealing sites for any sequencing primers.
- DNA such as a DNA barcode or a DNA tag
- DNA tags may be attached to beads via their 3′-ends to prevent unwanted chemical reactions and to prevent damage to the DNA barcodes.
- bead-bound DNA barcodes of the present disclosure What can be excluded is any bead, microparticle, microsphere, resin, or polymeric composition of matter, wherein the concatenated DNA barcode is linked to the bead by way of a photocleavable linker or by way of a cleavable linker.
- any bead, microparticle, microsphere, resin, or polymeric composition of matter that does not include both of the following: (1) Concatenated DNA barcode that is coupled to a first position on the bead, (2) A compound that is coupled to a second position on the bead, and wherein the first position is not the same as the second position.
- this “compound” is made of a plurality of chemical library monomers.
- any bead, microparticle, microsphere, resin, or polymeric composition of matter that does not have an exterior surface (or exterior surfaces) and also an interior surface (or interior surfaces, or interior regions), and where the bead does not comprise at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes that are coupled to the bead, and wherein at least 90% of the at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes are coupled to the exterior surface.
- the bead does not comprise at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes that are coupled to the bead, and wherein at least 90% of the at least 10,000 substantially identical concatenated DNA barcodes are coupled to the exterior surface.
- any bead, microparticle, microsphere, resin, or polymeric composition of matter that is made substantially of polyacrylamide or that contains any polyacrylamide.
- any bead, microparticle, microsphere, hydrogel, resin, or polymeric composition of matter that contains a promoter, such as a T7 promoter, or that contains a polyA region, or that contains a promoter and also a polyA region.
- the present disclosure encompasses systems, reagents, and methods, where the bead-bound DNA barcode includes only one annealing/polymerization step.
- This embodiment is represented by the following diagrams, where the first diagram shows annealing of the splint oligo, and the second diagram shows filling-in using DNA polymerase.
- the end-result is a bead-bound DNA barcode that contains two DNA barcode modules.
- the bead-bound starting material can optionally include linker (but preferably not any cleavable linker), optionally a nucleic acid that encodes information other than identifying a chemical compound, and optionally a functional nucleic acid, such as a sequencing primer or a DNA hairpin.
- linker but preferably not any cleavable linker
- nucleic acid that encodes information other than identifying a chemical compound
- a functional nucleic acid such as a sequencing primer or a DNA hairpin.
- first splint oligo comprises the structure: 1 st annealing site/2 nd DNA barcode/2 nd annealing site
- second splint oligo comprises the structure: 2 nd annealing site/3 rd DNA barcode/3 rd annealing site.
- the present disclosure encompasses bead-bound compositions, systems, and methods, where three different split oligos are used (first splint oligo; second splint oligo, third splint oligo).
- the first splint oligo comprises the structure: 1 st annealing site/2 nd DNA barcode/2 nd annealing site
- the second splint oligo comprises the structure: 2 nd annealing site/3 rd DNA barcode/3 rd annealing site
- the third splint oligo comprises the structure: 3 rd annealing site/4 th DNA barcode/4 th annealing site.
- the present disclosure encompasses bead-bound compositions, systems, and methods, where four different split oligos are used (first splint oligo; second splint oligo, third splint oligo, fourth splint oligo).
- the first splint oligo comprises the structure: 1 st annealing site/2 nd DNA barcode/2 nd annealing site
- the second splint oligo comprises the structure: 2 nd annealing site/3 rd DNA barcode/3 rd annealing site
- the third splint oligo comprises the structure: 3 rd annealing site/4 th DNA barcode/4 th annealing site
- the fourth splint oligo comprises the structure: 4 th annealing site/5 th DNA barcode/5 th annealing site
- Embodiments with a plurality of steps of annealing/polymerization, to produce a bead-bound DNA barcode that has a plurality of DNA barcode modules encompasses bead-bound compositions, systems, and methods, relating to concatenated barcodes, that uses only one splint oligo (making a 2-module DNA barcode), that uses only two splint oligos (making a 3-module DNA barcode), that uses only three splint oligos (making a 4-module DNA barcode), that uses only four splint oligos (making a 5-module DNA barcode), that uses only five splint oligos (making a 6-module DNA barcode), that uses only six splint oligos (making a 7-module DNA barcode), and so on.
- compositions, systems, and methods that uses at least one splint oligo, at least two splint oligos, at least three splint oligos, at least four splint oligos, at least five splint oligos, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12, at last 13, at least 14, at least 20 splint oligos, or less than 20, less than 15, less than 10, less than 8, less than 6, less than 4, less than 3, less than 2 splint oligos.
- These numbers refer to the splint oligo itself, as well as to the number of the step of adding the splint oligo, and also to the numbering of the DNA module that is added to the growing bead-bound DNA barcode.
- orthogonal DNA barcodes instead of concatenated DNA barcodes.
- An advantage of orthogonal barcoding over concatenated barcoding is as follows. With attachment of each monomer of a growing chemical compound, what is attached in parallel are chemical library monomers to create a chemical library, and DNA barcode modules to create a completed and full-length DNA barcode.
- Each DNA barcode module prior to attaching to a growing bead-bound DNA barcode, can take the form of double stranded DNA (dsDNA), where this dsDNA is treated with a DNA cross-linker such as mitomycin-C. After completion of the synthesis of the DNA barcode in its dsDNA form, this dsDNA is converted to ssDNA.
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- Conversion of dsDNA to ssDNA can be effected where one of the DNA strands has a uracil (U) residue, and where cleavage of the DNA at the position of the uracil residue is catalyzed by uracil-N-glycosidase (see, FIG. 5 of Ser. No. 62/562,905, filed Sep. 25, 2017. Ser. No. 62/562,905 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the above refers to damage that is inflicted on the growing DNA barcode by reagents used to make the bead-bound chemical compound.
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- Another method for reducing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes, and for reducing damage to partially synthesized DNA barcodes is by synthesizing the DNA barcode in a double stranded DNA form, where each of the DNA barcode modules that are being attached to each other takes the form of dsDNA, and where each of the two strands is stabilized by way of a DNA headpiece. For eventual sequencing of the completed DNA barcode, one of the strands is cleaved off from the DNA headpiece and removed.
- the above refers to damage that is inflicted on the growing DNA barcode by reagents used to make the bead-bound chemical compound (where this chemical compound is a member of the chemical library).
- Yet another method for reducing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes is to synthesize the DNA barcode in a way that self-assembles to form a hairpin, and where this DNA barcode self-assembles to that the first prong of the hairpin anneals to the second prong of the hairpin.
- the DNA barcode being synthesized takes the form of double stranded DNA (dsDNA)
- solvents such as DCM, DMF, and DMA can denature the DNA barcode.
- DCM, DMF, and DMA can denature the DNA barcode.
- dsDNA double stranded DNA
- DNA deoxyribonucleic acids
- the type of chemistry that is compatible with the presence of deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA), whether bead-bound DNA or DNA that is not bead-bound, may require absence of proteic solvents, avoiding strong acidic conditions, avoiding strong basis such as t-butyl lithium, avoiding strong reducing agents such as lithium aluminum hydride, avoiding reagents that react with DNA bases, such as some alkyl halides, and avoiding some oxidants (see, Luk and Sats (2014) DNA-Compatible Chemistry (Chapter 4) in A Handbook for DNA-Encoded Chemistry, 1 st ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.).
- DNA barcode can refer to a polynucleotide that identifies a chemical compound in its entirety while, in contrast, “DNA barcode module” can refer to only one of the monomers that make up the chemical compound.
- DNA-compatible reactions for the formation of benzimidazole compounds, imidazolidinone compounds, quinazolinone compounds, isoindolinone compunds, thiazole comopunds, and imidazopyridine compounds are disclosed (see, Satz et al, Table 1, entries 1-6).
- DNA-compatible protecting groups are disclosed as including, alloc deprotection, BOC deprotection, t-butyl ester hydrolysis, methyl/ethyl ester hydrolysis, and nitro reduction with hydrazine and Raney nickel (see, Satz et al, Table 1, entries 7-11).
- methods for coupling reagents to DNA are disclosed, where the coupling occurs with a functional group that is already attached to the DNA.
- the methods include Suzuki coupling, an optimized procedure for the Sonogashira coupling between an alkyne and an arylhalide, the conversion of aldehydes to alkynes using dimethyl-1-diazo-2-oxopropylphosphonate, a new method for triazole cyclo addition directly from purified alkyne, an improved method for reaction of isocyanate building blocks with an amine functionalized DNA where the improved reaction occurs with isocyanate reagent at pH 9.4 buffer (see, Satz, et al, Table 1, entries 12-15).
- Additional methods for coupling reagents to DNA are disclosed, where the coupling occurs to a functional group already attached to the DNA. These include a method where aprimary amine is conjugated to DNA, an optimized procedure to form DNA-conjugated thioureas, a method to alkylate secondary amines and the bis-alkylation of aliphatic primary amindes, monoalkylation of a primary amine DNA-conjugate, using hetarylhalides as building blocks that can be reacted with amine-functionalized DNA-conjugate, and methods for Wittig reactions (see, Satz et al, Table 1, entries 16-20).
- DNA repair enzymes Reducing damaged DNA by way of DNA repair enzymes.
- Various proteins including enzymes, DNA-damage binding proteins, and helicases, are available for repairing DNA damage. What is commercially available is DNA repair proteins that can repair oxidative damage, radiation-induced damage, UV light-induced damage, damage from formaldehyde adducts, and damage taking the form of alkyl group adducts.
- Glycoside enzyme which remove damaged bases (but do not cleave ssDNA or dsDNA) are available to repair 5-formyluracil, deoxyuridine, and 5-hydroxymethyluracil.
- T4PDG is available to repair pyrimidine dimers.
- hNEIL1 as well as Fpg are available to repair oxidized pyrimidines, oxidized purines, apurinic sites, and apyrimidinic sites.
- EndoVIII is available to repair oxidized pyrimidine and apyrimidinic sites. EndoV is available for repairing mismatches.
- HaaG is a glycosylase that is available for repairing alkylated purines.
- DNA repair enzymes and DNA repair systems have been isolated from mammals, yeast, and bacteria. These include those that mediate nucleotide excision repair (NER), direct repair, base excision repair, transcription-coupled DNA repair, and recombinational repair. Interstrand DNA crosslinks can be repaired by combined use of NER and homologous recombination.
- Direct repair includes repair of cyclobutane pyrimidine dimers and 6-4 products, by way of photolyase enzymes. Direct repair also includes removal of O 6 -methyl from O 6 -methylguanine by DNA methyltarnsferase. See, Sancar et al (2004) Ann. Rev. Biochem. 73:39-85; Hu, Sancar (2017) J. Biol. Chem. 292:15588-15597.
- the present disclosure provides systems, reagents, and methods for repairing damage to bead-bound DNA barcodes by treating with a DNA repair enzyme, or by a complex of DNA repair proteins, and the like.
- DNA tags may be attached to beads via their 3′-end, so only the 5′-end is exposed to solution.
- the reagents, systems, and methods of the present disclosure encompass bead-bound nucleic acids, such as a bead-bound DNA or a bead-bound DNA tags, where coupling to the bead involves the 3′-terminus (or the 3′-end) of the DNA.
- ssDNA that comprises a DNA barcode is coupled by way of the 3′-end, of the ssDNA
- sequencing can be initiated by hybridizing only one sequencing primer, where this sequencing primer hybridizes upstream of the entire DNA barcode, and where this hybridizing is at or near the bead-bound end of the coupled ssDNA.
- a plurality of sequencing primers can be used, where each sequencing primer hybridizes upstream to a particular DNA barcode module.
- each sequencing primer hybridizes upstream to a particular DNA barcode module.
- the DNA barcode can include five different primer annealing sites, where each primer annealing site is located just upstream, or immediately upstream, of a given DNA barcode module.
- Double stranded DNA (dsDNA) coupling embodiments In other embodiments, what is coupled to the bead is dsDNA, where the 3′-terminus of only one of the strands in the dsDNA are coupled to the bead. In a 5′-coupling embodiment that involves dsDNA, what can be coupled is dsDNA, where the 5′-terminus of only one of the strands of the dsDNA is coupled to the bead.
- the present disclosure provides: (1) Linkers to attach chemical library member to a substrate, such as a bead; (2) Linkers to attach nucleic acid barcode to a substrate, such as a bead; (3) Cleavable linkers, for example, cleavable by UV light, cleavable by an enzyme such as a protease; (4) Non-cleavable linkers; (5) Bifunctional linkers; (6) Multi-functional linkers; and (7) Plurality of beads used for linking.
- Avalailable for example, is 4-hydroxymethyl benzoic acid (HMBA) linker, 4-hydroxymethylphenylacetic acid linker (see, Camperi, Marani, Cascone (2005) Tetrahedron Letters. 46:1561-1564).
- a “non-cleavable linker” may be characterized as a linker that cannot be detectably cleaved by any reagent, condition, or environment, that is used during the steps of a given organic chemistry procedure.
- a “non-cleavable linker” may be characterized as a linker that cannot be cleaved, except by a reagent, condition, or environment that is unacceptably destructive towards other reactants, products, or reagents of a given organic chemistry procedure.
- a bifunctional linker can take the form of a fork (fork used by humans for consuming food), where the handle of the fork is attached to a bead, and where each tine of the fork are linked to one of a variety of chemicals.
- a fork fork used by humans for consuming food
- each tine of the fork are linked to one of a variety of chemicals.
- one tine can be linked to a chemical library member.
- Another tine can be linked to a DNA barcode.
- Yet another tine of the fork can be linked to a metal ion.
- the present disclosure provides multiple-bead embodiments, such as: (1) A first bead containing attached nucleic acid barcode linked to a second bead, where the second bead contains attached chemical library member; (2) A first bead containing an attached nucleic acid barcode linked to a second bead, where the second bead contains an attached chemical library member, and where a third bead is attached (to one or both of the first bead and second bead), and where the third bead contains a covalently attached reagent.
- the attached reagent can be an enzyme, where the enzyme is used for assaying activity of the attached chemical library member.
- FIG. 4 Exemplary chemical monomers.
- Amino acid derivatives suitable for use as chemical monomers for the compositions and methods of the present disclosure are shown in FIG. 4 .
- the figure indicates a source of the chemicals, for example, AnaSpec EGT Group, Fremont, Calif.; Sigman-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.; Acros Organics (part of ThermoFisher Scientific), or Combi-Blocks, San Diego, Calif.
- FIGS. 22-27 Additional chemical monomers are shown in FIGS. 22-27 .
- Each of FIGS. 22-27 provides the structure, chemical name, and an associated DNA module barcode.
- compounds 1-6 FIG. 22
- the respective barcodes are ACGT, ACTC, AGAC, AGCG, AGTA, and ATAT.
- the respective barcodes are, ATGA, CACG, CAGC, and CATA.
- the respective barcodes are, CGAG, CGCT, CGTC, CTAC, CTGT, and GACT.
- the respective barcodes are GAGA, GCAC, GCTG, GTAG, and GTCA.
- compounds 22-26 FIG.
- the respective barcodes are GTGC, TAGT, TATC, TCAG, and TCGC. And for compounds 27-30 ( FIG. 27 ), the respective barcodes are TCTA, TGAT, TGCA, and TGTG. These barcodes are only exemplary. For any given library of compounds, a different collection of DNA barcodes may be used to identify each of the chemical monomers that are used to build the compounds in that library.
- Coupling reactions The following describes coupling chemical monomers to the bead and to each other, that is, where a first step is coupling the first chemical monomer directly to the bead by way of a cleavable linker, and where subsequent chemical monomers are then connected to each other, one by one.
- the conditions disclosed below are DNA compatible.
- the Fmoc protecting group was removed by suspending the resin in 150 uL of a mixture of 5% piperazine, 2% DBU in DMF.
- the plate was sealed with an Excel Scientific Alumna Seal and shaken at 40 C for 15 min.
- the solvent was removed by an applied vacuum and the deprotection procedure repeated for 5 min. After filtration each well was washed with 150 uL each of 2 ⁇ DMA, 3 ⁇ DCM, 1 ⁇ DMA with a vacuum applied between each wash to remove the solvent.
- Each well of resin was then acylated by the appropriate amino acid by adding 150 uL of a pre-activated mixture of 60 mM Fmoc-amino acid, 80 mM Oxyma, 200 mM DIC and 80 mM 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine that was allowed to sit for 2 min at room temperature. The plate was again sealed and shaken for 1 hr at 40 degrees C. After filtration each well was washed with 150 uL each of 2 ⁇ DMA and 3 ⁇ DCM. The beads in each well were re-suspended in 150 ul of DCM and each well's contents combined through pipetting into a single receptacle.
- the combined beads are thoroughly mixed and redistributed into the plate through pipetting equal amounts in the appropriate wells (1 mg/well).
- the solvent was removed by an applied vacuum and each well was ready for the next appropriate step.
- For each additional amino acid coupling first the Fmoc deprotection step is repeated followed by the coupling step with the desired amino acid. If a split and pool is required, the combining and redistribution method is repeated.
- the Fmoc protected resin (1 mg, Rapp polymere GmbH, 10 um, TentaGel M-NH 2 , 0.23 mmol/g) modified with Fmoc-Photo-Linker, 4- ⁇ 4-[1-(9-Fluorenylmethyloxycarbonylamino) ethyl]-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy ⁇ butanoic acid) or any other appropriate linker was suspended inside each well of a reactor plate (Merck Millipore Ltd, 0.45 um hydrophobic PTFE) in DMA (150 uL).
- the solvent was removed by application of a vacuum to the bottom of the plate with a Resprep® VM-96 vacuum manifold.
- the Fmoc protecting group was removed by suspending the resin in 150 uL of a mixture of 5% piperazine, 2% DBU in DMF.
- the plate was sealed with an Excel Scientific Alumna Seal and shaken at 40 C for 15 min.
- the solvent was removed by an applied vacuum and the deprotection procedure repeated for 5 min. After filtration each well was washed with 150 uL each of 2 ⁇ DMA, 3 ⁇ DCM, 1 ⁇ DMA with a vacuum applied between each wash to remove the solvent.
- Each well of resin was then acylated by the appropriate AA by adding 150 uL of a pre-activated mixture of 60 mM Fmoc-amino acid, 80 mM Oxyma, 200 mM DIC and 80 mM 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine that was allowed to sit for 2 min at room temperature. The plate was again sealed and shaken for 1 hr at 40 C. After filtration each well was washed with 150 uL each of 2 ⁇ DMA, 3 ⁇ DCM, 1 ⁇ DMA. For each additional AA coupling, first the Fmoc deprotection step is repeated followed by the coupling step with the desired AA.
- the resin was then re-suspended in a suspension of 100 mM K2CO3 and 100 mM Rev in DMA.
- the plate was sealed and shaken for 3 hrs at rt.
- the resin was washed with 150 uL each of 2 ⁇ 50/50 DMA/water, 3 ⁇ DMA, 3 ⁇ DCM, and 2 ⁇ DMA.
- Solid phase synthesis of chemicals with peptide bonds is charactized by use of one the following two chemical groups.
- the first chemical group is, N-alpha-9-fluorenyl-methyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc, base labile).
- the second chemical group is, tert-butyloxycarbonyl (tBoc, acid labile) (see, Vagner, Barany, Lam (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93:8194-8199).
- Fmoc and tBoc are protecting groups that can be used to protect pepide substrates, where the Fmoc group or tBoc group is attached to the alpha-amino group (Sigler, Fuller, Verlander (1983) Biopolymers. 22:2157-2162).
- At least 99.5%, at least 99.0%, at least 95%, at least 90%, at least 85%, or at least 80% of the member of the chemical library bound to a given bead, following completed synthesis has exactly the same chemical structure. It is possible that incomplete coupling that might occur at one or more steps in the multi-step synthesis of the chemical library member. For this reason, the compositions of the present disclosure may be characterized and limited by one of the following limits or ranges.
- What is also provided by the present disclosure are methods and reagents where at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, or at least 70%, or at least 80%, or at least 90%, or at least 95%, or at least 99%, of the members of the chemical library bound to a given bead has, following completed synthesis, exactly the same chemical structure (these numbers do take into account, and reflect, errors that might occur during solid phase synthesis, for example, failure of one growing compound to receive one of the chemical monomers. Also, these numbers do take into account, and reflect, chemical damage to any of the monomers that might occur during solid phase synthesis).
- the present disclosure can exclude any method or reagent that does not meet one of the above cut-off values for “exactly the same structure.”
- two beads, 3 beads, 4 beads, 5 beads, about 5-10 beads, about 10-20 beads, about 20-40 beads, about 40-80 beads, in a population of beads contain the same and identical chemical compound (without taking into account any errors in incorporation of chemical monomers during solid phase synthesis, and without taking into account any chemical damage that occurs to a chemical monomer during organic synthesis).
- Click reactions are defined . . . as those that . . . [are] selective, high yielding, and having good reaction kinetics.
- a subclass of click reactions whose components are inert to the surrounding biological milieu is termed biorthogonal” (Jewett and Bertozzi (2010) Chem. Soc. Rev. 39:1272-1279).
- Click chemistry can be used for joining small units together with heteroatom links, such as carbon-X-carbon. Click chemistry can be used alone, or in conjunction with other types of chemical reactions, for the synthesis of drugs or drug candidates. Click chemistry works well with procedures used for combinatorial chemistry.
- Reactions in click chemistry are characterized by high yields, by being irreversible, by insensitivity to oxygen or water.
- Classes of chemical reactions used in “click chemistry” include: (1) Cycloaddition reactions, especially from the 1,3-dipolar family and from hetero-Diels Alder reactions; (2) Nucleophilic ring-opening reactions, as with strained heterocyclic molecules such as epoxides, aziridines, and cyclic sulfates; (4) Carbonyl chemistyr of the non-aldol type; and (5) Addition to carbon-carbon multiple bonds, as with oxidation reactions and some Michael addition reactions.
- Tetrazine and trans-cyclooctene can react with trans-cyclooctene (TCO) by way of a Diels-Alder cyclo addition (Devaraj, Haun, Weissleder (2009) Angew. Chem. Intl. 48:7013-7016).
- Hartwig-Buchwald amination reactions can be used in the solid-phase synthesis of pharmaceuticals. This amination reactions is used to synthesize carbon-nitrogen bonds, where the reaction involves: aryl-halide plus amine (R 1 -NH—R 2 ), as catalyzed by palladium, to produce an aryl product where the amine replaces the halide, and where the nitrogen of the amino group is directly attached to the aromatic ring.
- the end-result is a product involving a carbon (of aryl group) to nitrogen (of amino group) bond. Stated another way, the reaction converts arylhalides into the corresponding anilines.
- Hartwig-Buchwald amination is compatible with a variety of amines, and is well-suited for combinatorial chemistry (Zimmermann and Brase (2007) J. Comb. Chem. 9:1114-1137).
- Huisgen cycloadditions Huisgen 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition reactions involve alkynes and organic azides. Alkynes have the structure, R—C ⁇ CH. Azides have the structure, R—N + ⁇ N ⁇ N ⁇ . Copper catalysts accelerate the rate of the Huisgen cycloaddition reaction.
- the Huisgen reaction operates by way of “click chemistry” or “click reactions.” Huisgen reaction, when catalyzed by copper, can produce a 1,2,3-triazole nucleus suitable for making small molecule drugs. Huisgen reaction is compatible with the presence of amino acid side chains, at least when in a protected form.
- Molecules made with a 1,2,3-triazole may possess a bond that is similar to the amide bonds of polypeptides, and thus these molecules can be a surrogate for the peptide bond (Angell and Burgess (2007) Chem. Soc. Rev. 36:1674-1689).
- PNAs Peptide nucleic acids
- the present disclosure provides the methods of split and pool chemistry, combinatorial chemistry, or solid phase chemistry, for synthesizing peptide nucleic acids.
- Peptide nucleic acids are analogues of oligonucleotides. They resist hydrolysis by nucleases. They can bind strongly to their target RNA sequences. Uptake of peptide nucleic acids into cells can be enhanced by “cell penetrating peptides” (Turner, Ivanova, Gait (2005) Nucleic Acids Res. 33:6837-6849; Koppelhus (2008) Bioconjug. Chem. 19:1526-1534).
- Peptide nucleic acids can be made by solid phase synthesis and by combinatorial synthesis (see, Quijano, Bahal, Glazer (2017) Yale J. Biology Medicine. 90:583-598; Domling (2006) Nucleosides Nucleotides. 17:1667-1670).
- this bead-bound compound can take the form of lenalidomide, or it can take the form of lenalidomide with an attached carboxylic acid group, or a form of lenalidomide where the amino group has been modified with a small chemical moiety that bears a carboxylic acid group, or where the compound is a lenalidomide analog that is a stereoisomer or an enantiomer of lenalidomide.
- the present disclosure provides split and pool synthesis for generating chemical libraries.
- this method involves the steps: (a) Split beads into different containers; (b) Add a different building block to each container. For example, where three container are used, add and react Species A to the first containing, Species B to the second container; and Species C to the third container, where the species become covalently bound to attachment sites on whatever bead is in the container; (c) Pool all beads together in one container; (d) Split beads into three containers, (e) Add a different building block to each container, where Species A is added to the first container, Species B is added to the second container, and Species C is added to the third container, where the species become covalently bound to the first species that had been previously attached (see, Stockwell (2000) Trends Biotechnol. 18:449-455).
- the split-and-pool synthesis of the present disclosure includes, either before or after each chemical coupling step (making the chemical library member), a DNA-barcode coupling step, where this DNA barcode identifies the chemical that is being coupled in that step.
- the present disclosure can exclude methods and reagents where, for a given step of parallel synthesis, a barcode is attached prior to attaching a chemical. Conversely, the present disclosure can exclude methods and reagents where, for a given step of parallel synthesis, a chemical is attached prior to attaching a barcode.
- bead-bound chemical library that is prepared by the split and pool method, is that each bead will have only one type of compound attached to it. Where there is incomplete coupling, for example, if for a given split and pool step, only 4,000 out of 5,000 attachment sites was successfully coupled with the desired chemical species, then some heterogeneity will occur.
- Parallel synthesis In a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, parallel synthesis can be used for organic synthesis of a chemical compound and of the associated DNA barcode.
- modification of a bead by one more chemical monomers and modification of the same bead by one more DNA barcode modules is not strictly in parallel.
- the bead receives one more chemical unit (chemical monomer) followed by receiving a DNA barcode module that encodes that particular chemical unit.
- parallel refers to the fact that, as the polymer of chemical library monomers grows, the polymer of DNA barcode module also grows.
- DNA barcode When all of the DNA barcode modules have been attached to the bead, to form either a CONCATENATED structure or an ORTHOGONAL structure, the full-length DNA barcode is called a “DNA barcode” (and not merely a DNA barcode module).
- the ratio of number of externally attached DNA barcode number total attached chemical library member number can be, for example, about 0.1:100, about 0.2:100, about 0.5:100, about 1.0:100, about 2:100, about 5:100, about 10:100, about 20:100, about 30:100, about 40:100, about 50:100, about 60:100, about 70:100, about 80:100, about 90:100, about 1:1, about 100:150, about 100:200; about 100:400; about 100:600, and the like.
- the present disclosure can exclude any bead, or any population of beads, that fits into one of the above values.
- the present disclosure provides, for any given bead (or for any population of beads) a “chemical library homogeneity” that is at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 94%, at least 96%, at least 98%, at least 99.5%, and the like.
- the present disclosure provides, for any given bead or, alternatively, for any given population of beads, a “chemical library homogeneity that is at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, or at least 50%.
- the present disclosure provides the above cut-off values for assessing homogeneity of a barcode, such as a DNA barcode.
- Homogeneity for DNA barcode and homogeneity for a chemical library member may be defined, in terms, of percent of total population that conforms to the exact sequence as planned and desired by the methods section of a lab manual or notebook.
- the present disclosure can exclude any reagent, composition, or method, that does not conform with one or more of the above cut-off values.
- the present disclosure can exclude any bead, or any population of beads, where homogeneity of DNA barcode is not at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 94%, at least 96%, at least 98%, at least 99.5%, and the like. Also, in exclusionary embodiments, the present disclosure can exclude any bead, or any population of beads, where homogeneity of chemical library member is not at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 92%, at least 94%, at least 96%, at least 98%, at least 99.5%, and the like.
- DNA barcodes are mainly attached on the exterior surface.
- One reason to NOT make and use beads with internal DNA barcodes is the low permeation of DNA oligomers to the interior spaces, and low permeation of DNA ligases to interior spaces (ligases for connecting DNA modules to each other to create the finished DNA barcode).
- ligases for connecting DNA modules to each other to create the finished DNA barcode.
- a reason to NOT make and use internal DNA barcodes is low permeation of enzymes needed to amplify DNA needed for eventual sequencing of the barcode.
- Yet another reason NOT to make and use beads with internal DNA barcodes is to fee up interior space for attaching members of the chemical library.
- the present disclosure provides beads bearing DNA barcodes, where the ratio of internally attached DNA barcodes to externally attached DNA barcodes is about 0.1:100, about 0.2:100, about 0.4:100, about 0.8:100, about 1:100, about 2:100, about 4:100, about 8:100, about 10:100, about 20:100, about 40:100, about 50:100, about 60:100, about 70:100, about 80:100, about 90:100, about 1:1, and so on.
- the present disclosure provides beads bearing DNA barcodes, where the ratio of internally attached DNA barcodes to externally attached DNA barcodes is under 0.1:100, under 0.2:100, under 0.4:100, under 0.8:100, under 1:100, under 2:100, under 4:100, under 8:100, under 10:100, under 20:100, under 40:100, under 50:100, under 60:100, under 70:100, under 80:100, under 90:100, under 1:1, and so on.
- a population of beads, in an aqueous suspension can be contacted to a substrate, such as a microwell array, resulting in beads entering and occupying the microwells.
- the ratio of the number of beads in the suspension to the number of microwells in the substrate can be adjusted, to arrive at a desired occupancy. For example, if the suspension contains only one bead, then every microwell that contains a bead will contain only one bead, where the remaining microwells will not contain any bead. If the suspension contains 20,000 beads and if the substrate contains 200,000 microwells, then at least 180,000 microwells will be totally empty of beads, and where most of the microwells that contain a bead will contain only one bead. A small percentage of occupied microwells will contain two beads.
- the ratio of bead number in the suspension to microwell number can be about 0.2:100, about 0.4:100, about 0.6:100, about 0.8:100, about 1:100, about 2:100, about 4:100, about 6:100, about 8:100, about 10:100, about 20:100, about 30:100, about 40:100, about 50:100, about 60:100; 80:100, about 100:100 (same as 1:1), about 2:1, about 4:1, about 6:1, about 8:1, about 10:1, and the like.
- the present disclosure can exclude any method or system, that falls into one of the above values or ranges.
- the present disclosure can exclude any method or system, that falls into one of the above values or ranges.
- UV light acts as an “un-cross linker” because it breaks down the photoresist's polymer.
- solvent is added to wash out the UV treated photoresist, leaving clean-looking picowells.
- Picowells with angled walls are created as follows.
- the photomask has many apertures, where each aperture corresponds to the desired bottom dimension of the picowell.
- the bottom dimensions can include a circumference, diameter, and a shape, that is, a round shape.
- the top dimension of the well is created by directing an angled UV light towards the apertures in the photomask while rotating the light source or rotating the stage that holds the sandwich (photomask/glass wafer/photoresist sandwich). With rotation, the light source is not at a 90 degree angle to the photomask/wafer/photoresist sandwich, but instead is slightly angled away from the 90 degree point, in order to carve out angled walls in each picowell.
- the resulting picowell array plate that contains many picowells can be used as is. Alternatively, this picowell array plate can be used as a mold for the inexpensive creating of many picowell array plates.
- Han et al describes equipment and reagents for manufacturing microwell plates where the microwells have angled walls (see, Han et al (2002) J. Semiconductor Technology and Science. 2:268-272). What is described is a UV source, a contact stage, a tilting stage, and the SU-8 photoresist. Fabrication begins with a single side polished silicon wafer. SU-8 photoresist is coated on the wafer at about 0.10 to 0.15 mm thick. Then, the photoresist is soft baked on a 65 degrees C. hot plate for 10 min and then on a 95 degrees C. hot plate for 30 minutes. The resulting photoresist/wafer sandwich is contacted with a UV mask using a contact stage.
- Inclined and rotated UV lithography refers to a method for manufacturing microwell array plates or picowell array plates, where each well has an angled wall.
- the floor of the well has a smaller diameter and the top of the well (where the top edge of the well meets the flat surface of the plate) has a wider diameter.
- a turntable is used and where the UV light is inclined (Han et al, supra).
- the mask is contacted with the photoresist where each of the apertures in the mask are circular.
- FIG. 8 of Han et al, supra provides a picture of the direction of UV light, the UV mask, the photoresist structure, the wafer substrate, and the turntable.
- Han et al describes how to manufacture a truncated cone.
- a soft material such as PDMS (polydimethylsiloxane) may be poured over the cone array and cured, whereupon peeling the PDMS layer, conical wells are formed.
- PDMS polydimethylsiloxane
- the procedure for making replicates from the epoxy mold is called, “hot embossing.” Briefly, a substrate material is heated to its glass transition temperature or softening temperature, at which point the mold with picoprotrubances is uniformly pressed against the heat-softened material. The mold can be separated from the substrate after the picoprotrubances are transferred as pico-invaginations into the substrate material. This disclosure preferably discloses pico-cones and picowells as the patterns of the mold and substrate, respectively.
- Hot embossing, epoxy masters, and photoresist such as the SU-8 photoresist are described (see, Bohl et al (2005) J. Micromechanics and Microengineering. 15:1125-1130, Jeon et al (2011) Biomed Microdevices. 13:325-333; Liu, Song, Zong (2014) J. Micromechanics and Microengineering. 24:article ID:035009; del Campo and Greiner (2007) J. Micromechanics and Microengineering. 17:R81-R95).
- Plastic microwell arrays can be manufactured by way of a thermal forming using a silicon mold, where the silicon mold possesses an array of microwells, for example, an array of 800,000 microwells.
- a high degree of control that results in tapered geometries and smooth sidewalls, and submicron tolerances can be created with use of a non-pulsed dry etch process.
- methods that use a pulsed dry etch process, such as the Bosch process can result in rough sidewalls and lack of control over lateral dimensions during etching.
- plastic arrays are fabricated by thermally forming plastic on a silicon master that is created by a non-pulsed isotropic dry etch process using a chrome mask.
- This process uses three gases, Ar, SF 6 , and C 4 F 8 .
- the process is conducted at a RF power between 1200 to 2000 Watts and a bias of 150 Watts. Fine-tuning of the taper of the silicon mold with production of smooth sidewalls can be accomplished by varying the gas flow between the three gases.
- the ratio of SF6 to C4F8 is, for example, a tapered wall of the mold (the silicon pillar) that resides at an angle of 18 degrees (very slanted walls), 9 degrees (slightly slanted walls), or 2 degrees (walls almost perpendicular to substrate) (see, Perry, Henley, and Ramsey (Oct. 26-30, 2014) Development of Plastic Microwell Arrays for Improved Replication Fidelity. 18 th Int. Conference on Miniaturized Systems for Chemistry and Life Sciences. San Antonio, Tex. (pages 1700-1703).
- the present disclosure provides a substate, an array, a grid, a microfluidic device, and the like, that includes an array of microwells.
- all of the microwells have essentially the same volume. This volume can be about 1 femtoliters, about 2, about 4, about 6, about 8, about 10, about 20, about 40, about 60, about 80, about 100, about 200, about 400, about 600 about 800, or about 1,000 femtoliters.
- the volume can take the form of a range between any of the above two adjacent values, such as, the range of about 40 femtoliters to about 60 femtoliters. Also, the volume can take the form of a range between any of the above two values that are not immediately adjacent to each other in the above list.
- the volume can be about 1 picoliters, about 2, about 4, about 6, about 8, about 10, about 20, about 40, about 60, about 80, about 100, about 200, about 400, about 600 about 800, or about 1,000, about 2,000, about 5,000, about 10,000, about 20,000, about 50,000, about 100,000, about 200,000, about 500,000, or about 1,000,000 picoliters.
- the volume can take the form of a range between any of the above two values that are not immediately adjacent to each other in the above list.
- the present disclosure can exclude any substrate comprising microwells, or any array comprising microwells, where the volume of each microwell is definable by one of the above values, or is definable by a range of any of the above two values that are adjacent to each other, or is definable by a range of any of the above two values that are not adjacent to each other in the list.
- Spherical plug also known as capping beads on microwells.
- the present disclosure provides a spherical plug, or alternatively, a porous spherical plug, for each and every well, or substantially every well of a picowell array.
- a goal of the plug is to keep drugs, drug candidates, cellular contents, and metabolites, inside of the well.
- the plug also helps isolate the contents of picowells from each other.
- the spherical plug may need not be perfectly spherical, as long as the goal of covering the top (or opening, or mouth), of the picowell may be satisfied.
- the well can have a top diameter and a bottom diameter.
- Diameter of spherical plug, prior to capping a well is about 10 micrometers, about 30, about 35, about 40, about 45, about 50, about 55, about 70, about 90, about 120 or about 200 micrometers.
- the plugs may be added to cover the picowells by simply flowing them over the picowell array. Centrifugation, pressure, agitation or other methods may be used to jam the beads to the tops (or mouths or openings) of the picowells to ensure tight sealing.
- solvents may be used to modify the swelling and/or size of the capping beads.
- the capping beads may be loaded in a solvent that renders the beads shrunken, and once replaced by assay buffer, or a different solvent, the capping beads are restored to their originial sizes, or swell, thereby sealing the picowells tightly.
- temperature may be used to swell or shring the capping beads to obtain better seals at the mouths of picowells. Where needed, capping beads may be held in place, and prevented from falling further into the picowell, by one of the steps in a stepped picowell array.
- the capping beads may be the same type of beads that carry the compounds of this disclosure, or may be beads of a different type. In some embodiments, the capping beads may actually be the compound bearing beads themselves.
- the capping beads may serve as passive caps, preventing or slowing diffusion of molcules out of the picowells, or the beads may be active beads, where functional moieties attached to the capping beads may be used to capture reagents from the picowells.
- porous capping beads may passively trap metabolites released from cell-based assays performed inside picowells.
- capping beads may non-specifically capture cellular materials such as lipid, proteins, carbohydrates and nucleic acids.
- the capping beads may be functionalized with antibodies to specifically capture proteins released from healthy, diseased, lysed or fixed cells.
- the capping beads may be functionalized with DNA or RNA oligonucleotides that specifically capture cellular nucleic acids.
- the DNA or RNA functionalized capping beads may be used to capture microRNA released from cells within the capped picowells.
- picowells contain two beads, a compound containing bead inside the picowell, and a capping bead covering the mouth of the picowells.
- the capping beads are also the compound-bearing beads.
- the capping beads capture materials released from the compound beads.
- the capping beads capture a sampling of the compounds released from compound-beads. In some embodiments, the capping beads capture DNA barcodes released from the compound-beads. In some embodiments, the capping beads capture different types of analytes released from within the picowells they cap.
- a preferred equipment is a microwell plate, where each microwell includes, in its bottom surface, many thousands of picowells.
- Ability of a cap to seat properly or to seal each picowell can be a function of the hardness of the plastic that makes up the picowell's aperture and the picowell's inner walls, relative to the hardness of the cap.
- Hardness of a plastic can be defined in terms of a “durometer” value. Hardness is defined and tested as a material's resistance to indentation. The hardness of the spherical plug, and the hardness of the wall of the microwell can be defined in terms of its “durometer.” The hardness can be, for example, about 45, about 50, about 55, about 60, about 65, about 70, about 75, about 80, about 85, about 90, about 95, or about 100. In attributing any of these durometer values to a plastic substance or other substance, one must also state which scale is used.
- the scale can be ASTM D2240 type A scale, which is used for softer materials, or the ASTM D2240 type D scale, which is used for harder materials (see, Silicon Design Manual, 6 th ed., Albright Technologies, Inc., Leominster, Mass.).
- the picowells may be cylindrical picowells where the diameter of the cylinder is roughly similar at the top and the bottom of the picowell. In some embodiments, the picowells may have a slight taper, with the top of the picowells slightly larger than the bottom of the picowells. In some embodiments, the picowells may be conical picowells, with angles off normal anywhere between 1 degree to 30 degrees. In some embodiments, the picowells are stepped picowells, where the picowells have discontinuous steps from the top diameter to the bottom diameter (as opposed to conical picowells whose diameter change smoothly from the top to the bottom).
- the stepped picowells have a broad cylinder near the opening of the picowell and a narrower cylinder near the bottom of the picowells.
- the stepped picowells may have multiple discontinuous steps from the top to the bottom.
- the diameter at every rung may be larger than the diameter of the rung below it.
- a small bead may be deposited at the bottom of the stepped picowell, and a capping bead may be deposited at the topmost opening of the stepped-picowell.
- picowells may contain more than 2 beads.
- FIG. 29 disclosed stepped picowell.
- the embodiment shown has three compartments and two steps.
- Top compartment is widest and is configured for accepting cap where most of the top compartment is occupied by the cap in the situation where the picowell is capped.
- Middle compartment is configured for being occupied mainly by, or solely by, reagents.
- Reagents can include buffer, enzyme substrates, one or more salts, and a preservative or stabilizer such as dithiothreitol, RNAse inhibitor, glycerol, or DMSO.
- Lowest compartment is configured for being occupied by bead, that is, a bead with coupled both a DNA library and with releasable compounds.
- structure 1 is cap.
- structure 2 is bead.
- structure 3 is top region, which is situated immediately above first step.
- Structure 4 is middle region, which can be used for placing assay reagents.
- Middle region is immediately above second step. Assay reagents in middle region can diffuse into lowest regtion.
- Structure 5 is lowest region, which can be used for placing a bead and for placing one or more cells.
- the diameter of the bead can be about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 98%, of the diameter of the lowest compartment (assuming that the picowell is a circular well). If picowell is not a circular well, the above values can refer to widest dimension of the well. In exclusionary embodiments, the present disclosure can exclude any system or bead that does not meet any of the above parameters.
- about 50% of bead is in lowest compartment and about 50% of same bead is in middle compartment, where these parameters can also be: about 55% lowest and about 65% middle; about 60% lowest and about 40% middle; about 65% lowest and about 45% middle; about 70% lowest and about 30% middle, about 75% lowest and about 25% middle, about 80% lowest and about 20% middle, about 85% lowest and about 15% middle, about 90% lowest and about 10% middle, about 95% lowest and about 5% middle, and about 100% lowest.
- the space taken up by bead assumes (hypothetically) that the bead is not porous.
- the present disclosure can exclude any system or bead that does not meet any of the above parameters.
- a molding system is one preferred embodiment to create stepped picowells.
- a mold containing arrays of multilayered pillars is desired, whereupon stamping into a thermoplastic or other curable polymer substrate, an impression of stepped picowells may be formed.
- a layered pillar array with multiple steps, each step of a different diameter (smaller as it goes up) may be formed by a multilayer lithography process. Briefly, a first layer of photoresist is exposed, via a first mask, to crosslink the first layer of the micropillar array.
- a second layer of photoresist may be deposited directly on the (previously exposed) first layer, and a second photomask may be used to crosslink a second pattern in the second photoresist later, and so on.
- the stack of resist may be developed to wash away the uncrosslinked regions, leaving an array of multilayered pillars.
- Detailed protocols for creating multilayered pillar arrays may be found in Francisco Perdigones et al., (Jan. 8, 2011). Microsystem Technologies for Biomedical Applications, Biomedical Engineering, Trends in Electronics Anthony N. Laskovski, IntechOpen. Once an array of multilayered pillars array is created, standard processes may be used to imprint stepped picowell arrays using the mold.
- the capping beads may be dislodged from the mouths of the picowells by inverting the picowell array and using mechanical agitation.
- solvents may be used to shrink the picowells, rendering them easier to dislodge from the mouths of picowells.
- liquids of higher density than the capping beads may be added on top of the picowell array, causing the capping beads to raise by buoyancy and float atop the high-density medium.
- the capping beads may be crosslinked to each other, converting the capping beads to a capping sheet that can be peeled off the top of the picowell array.
- a crosslinking gel may be poured over the capped picowells, where the crosslinking gel crosslinks to the capping beads, and to themselves, causing the capping beads to be embedded into a crosslinked sheet that can be peeled off.
- Preserving relative locations of picowells in the form of the peeled-off layer. It should be appreciated that in such embodiments as when the capping beads are enmeshed into a gel layer that can be peeled off, the relative locations of capping beads with respect to each other and with respect to the picowells are preserved in the peeled-off layer. This allows direct connection between picowells, assays in picowells, the beads in the picowells, and any materials captured in the capping beads.
- fiducial markers may be used to orient the relative features of the picowell arrays to the capping beads in the peeled-off-layer.
- Fiducial markers to enable registration and alignment of picowells. Arranging picowells in irregular arrays allows easy identification of shifts and drifts during imaging of the picowell arrays.
- the picowells are arranged in an irregular order to facilitate detection of optical and mechanical drifts during imaging.
- the picowell arrays contain fiducial markers to help identify shifts and drifts during imaging.
- the fiducial markers are easily identifiable shapes, patterns or features that are interspersed between the picowells of the picowell array.
- a small number of picowells may themselves be arranged in an easily identifiable pattern to allow easy registration in case of optical or mechanical drifts during imaging.
- external marker such as fluorescent beads, may be drizzled on the picowell array to provide fiducial patterns.
- Cap-free mat embodiments can take the form of a “capless film.”
- sealing can be accomplished by way of a mat.
- the mat is sized to cover all of the picowells in a given picowell array.
- the mat can be sized to cover a predetermined fraction of the picowells in the array.
- the mat can be secured to the top of the picowell plate, covering picowells and also covering the generally planar top surface of the picowell plate that resides in between the picowells.
- Secure contact can be achieve by one or more of: (i) Maintaining constant pressure, for example, by a hard rubber platen that sits on top of and serves as a weight on top of the matt; (ii) Using a mat that is connected to a weight, such as hard rubber platen; (iii) A reversible chemical adhesive, that can be applied to the entire mat (in the situation where the mat is not be be an absorbant mat). Whre the mat is to be an absorbent mat, the mat contains circular absorbent pads that are surrounded by the reversible chemical adhesive. Here, the mat is contacted with the picowell array and aligned so that the circular absorbent pads cover only the openings of each picowell, and do not “spill out” over the opening to contact the planar surface of the picowell plate.
- Membranes for use as mat for contacting substantially planar surface of picowell plate, and for use in capless-sealing of picowells are available.
- Flat sheet membranes such as Dow Film Tex, GE Osmonics, Microdyn Nadir, Toray, TriSep, Synder, Novamem, Evonik, and Aquaporin flatt sheet laminateans are available from Sterlitech Corp, Kent, Wash.
- membranes made of polyamide-TFC, cellulose acetate, polyamide-urea-TFC, cellulose acetate blend, polypiperazine-amide-TFC, PES, composite polyamide-TFC, PES, PAN, PVDF, PSUH, RC, PESH, polyether ether ketone, polyimide, and so on.
- Pore size in terms of molecular weight cutoffs include, 150 Da, 200 Da, 300 Da, 500 Da, 900 Da, 600 Da, 1,000 Da, 2,000 Da, 3,000 Da, 5,000 Da, 10,000 Da, 50,000 Da, 20,000 Da, 30,000 Da 70,000 Da, 100,000 Da, 200,000 Da, 300,000 Da, 400,000 Da, 500,000 Da, 800,000 Da, 3500 Da, 0.005 micrometers, 0.030 micrometers, 0.05 micrometers, 0.10 micrometers, 0.20 micrometers, and so on.
- these cutoff values can allow selective collection of certain classes of compounds with exclusion of other classes of compounds.
- some of the above membranes can allow small molecule metabolites to pass through and be absorbed by an absorbable mat, while excluding proteins and other macromolecules.
- Flat sheet membranes that are impermeable to all molecules, including water, metal ions, salts, metabolites, proteins, and nucleic acids, are also available for use in the systems, compositions, and methods of the present disclosure.
- Reversible adhesion can be mediated by “molecular velcro,” for example, metalloporphyrin containing polymers with pyridine-containing polymers (Sievers, Namyslo, Lederle, Huber (2016) eXPRESS Polymer Letters. 12:556-568).
- molecular velcro adhesives involve, L-3,4-dihydroxyphenyl alanine, complementary strands of ssDNA (one type of ssDNA covalently attached to flat upper surface of picowell plate, and other type of ssDNA covalently attached to mat), copolymers containing catechol side chains, and so on (see, Sievers, et al, supra).
- reversible adhesion can be mediated by a gallium adhesive, where degree of adhesion can be controlled by slight changes in temperature (Metin Sitti (May 18, 2016) Switch and Stick.
- the chemical element gallium could be used as a new reversible adhesive that allows its adhesive effect to be switched on and off with ease. Max-planck-Gesellschaft).
- Yet another reversible adhesive is available from DSM-Niaga Technology, Zwoll, The Netherlands.
- Absorbent substances non-specific absorbents; specific absorbents.
- Absorbent substances which can be incorporated into a mat to provide absorbent characteristics include “molecule sieve” beads, such as Sepharose®, Sephadex®, Agarose®, as well as ion exchange beads made of DEAE cellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, phosphocellulose, or any combination of the above, all combined into one absorbent mat.
- Absorbent ligands include those that are used in high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) (see, BioRad catalog, Hercules, Calif.).
- Specific absorbents include response-capture elements, such as poly(dT), which can capture mRNA by way of hybridizing with polyA tail.
- response capture elements include exon-targeting RNA probs, antibodies, and aptamers. Each or any combination of these can be covalently attached to mat, to create an absorbent mat, where contacting absorbent mat to top surface of picowell enables capture of aqueous assay medium or aqueous cell culture medium that might be inside picowells.
- Plates with picowells can take the form of a 96-well plate where each of these 96 wells contains many thousands of picowells. Also, plates with picowells can take the form of a 24-well plate, where each of these 24 wells contains many thousands of picowells.
- each well can be filled using 0.1-0.2 mL of a suspension of beads in water or in an aqueous solution.
- each well can be filled using about 0.5 mL of a suspension of beads in water or in an aqueous solution. Suspension can be added using an ordinary pipet with a disposable tip.
- the number of beads that are in the suspension can be that resulting in about one third of the picowells containing only one bead, about one third of the picowells containing two beads, and about one third of the beads containing either no beads or more than two beads. Also, the number of beads in the suspension can be that resulting in the situation where, of the wells that do contain one or more beads, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% of these wells contain only one bead.
- any excess liquid can be removed by touching a pipet tip to the wall of each well of the 96 well plate, or by touching a pipet tip to the wall of each well of the 24 well plate, and drawing off the excess liquid.
- assay reagents where the picowells are to be used for carrying out reactions, for example, DNA sequencing, biochemical assays, or assays of cultured cells, assay reagents can be added to the picowells that already contain settled beads. Adding the assay reagents is with a pipette, as described above for initial addition of the bead suspensions.
- any excess solution that is in each of the 96 wells of the 96-well plate, or any excess solution that is in each of the 24 wells of the 24-well plate can drawn off with a pipet tip that touches the wall of each of the 96 wells of the 96-well plate, or that touches the wall of each of the 24 wells of the 24-well plate.
- Picowell array may be part of a flow-cell, where a fluidic chamber with an inlet and an outlet are mounted on top of the picowell array.
- beads of this disclosure, cells, and other assay materials may be flowed in from the inlet and out through the outlet. Gravity or centrifugal force may be used to lodge the beads into the picowells as they are flowed through the flowcell.
- Bead-bound nucleic acids can be sequenced while still attached to beads. Alternatively, or in addition, bead-bound nucleic acids can be sequenced following cleavage of the DNA barcode from the bead.
- the present disclosure can encompass a method where bead-bound DNA barcode is cleaved from the bead, thereby releasing the DNA barcode in a soluble form, prior to amplification, or prior to sequencing, or prior to any type of sequence identification technique such as hybridizing with a nucleic acid probe.
- the present disclosure can exclude any method, associated reagents, system, compositions, or beads, where a bead-bound DNA barcode is cleaved prior to amplification, or prior to sequencing, or prior to any type of sequence identification technique such as hybridizing with a nucleic acid probe. Also, the present disclosure can exclude any method where a polynucleotide comprising a DNA barcode is cleaved, or where a nucleic acid comprising only part of a DNA barcode is cleaved, prior to amplification, prior to sequencing, or prior to any type of sequence identification technique such as hybridizing with a nucleic acid probe.
- PCR Polymerase chain reaction
- qPCR Quantitative PCR
- the PCR method depends on the 3-step method involving: (1) Denaturing the DNA template at a high temperature, annealing primers at a reduced temperature, and finally extending the primer by way of DNA synthesis, as catalyzed by DNA polymerase (Gadkar and Filion (2014) Curr. Issues Mol. Biol. 16:1-6).
- qPCR is also called, “real time PCR” (Kralik and Ricchi (2017) Frontiers Microbiology. 8 (9 pages).
- Recent modifications or improvements in the PCR method and qPCR method include, using helicase-dependent (HDA) amplification, using an internal amplification control, using locked nucleic acids (LNA), and using additives that bind to inhibitors (Gadkar and Filion (2014) Curr. Issues Mol. Biol. 16:1-6). Locked nucleic acids provide the advantage of recognizing and binding its target with extreme precision.
- HDA helicase-dependent
- LNA locked nucleic acids
- qPCR allows the simultaneous amplification and quantification of a targeted DNA molecule.
- the qPCR method compares the number of amplification cycles required for the response curvecs to reach a particular fluorescence threshold (Pabinger, Rodiger, Kriegner (2014) Biomolecular Detection Quantification. 1:23-33).
- Refsland et al provide a concise account of apparently typical conditions for conducting qPCR (Refsland, Stenglein, Harris (2010) Nucleic Acids Res. 38:4274-4284).
- Rolling circle amplification DNA can be amplified while attached to a bead. DNA in amplified form is easier to sequence that non-amplified DNA.
- DNA tags (the DNA barcode) is made single stranded. Once single stranded, a splint oligo is added to bridge the ends of the tag DNA, and this is followed by extension and ligation of the splint oligo.
- DNA polymerase minus 5′ ⁇ 3′exonuclease activity
- the circularized DNA can then be subjected to rolling circle amplification by adding a strand-displacing DNA polymerase, such as phi29 DNA polymerase.
- a strand-displacing DNA polymerase such as phi29 DNA polymerase.
- RCA rolling circle amplification
- DNA barcode tag permits the use of synthesis chemistries that may be damaging to DNA, as any surviving DNA molecules can be thermally amplified to sufficient quantities to be easily sequenced.
- DNA can be made single-stranded by exonuclease digestion, nicking, and melting at high temperature, or by treating with sodium hydroxide.
- Step One Start with bead-bound ssDNA. If the bead-bound DNA is initially in a double stranded from (dsDNA), the strand that is not to be used for RCA can be prepared so that a residue of thymine (T) is replaced, at or very close to the bead-attachment terminus, with a residue of uracil (U). If the dsDNA is prepared in this way, uracil-N glycosidase can be used to cleave the uracil residue, thereby leaving an unstable sugar phosphate (as part of the DNA backbone), where this unstable location can be cleaved by nuclease-treatment (Ostrander et al (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 89:3419-3423).
- Step Two Add a “splint oligo” to the bead-bound ssDNA.
- the splint oligo is designed so that it hybridizes to about 10-20 base pairs at the end (the 5′-end) of the ssDNA that is covalently coupled to the bead, and so that it also hybridizes to about 10-20 base pairs at the free end (the 3′-end) of the bead-bound ssDNA.
- the splint oligo does not need to bring the bead-bound end of the ssDNA in close proximity to the free end of the bead-bound ssDNA. All that is needed is for the far ends of the bead-bound ssDNA sequence be tethered together, in order to form a huge loop.
- Step Three Add sulfolobus DNA polymerase IV, so that this polymerase uses the huge loop of ssDNA as a template, for creating a complementary huge loop that is covalently attached at one end to the splint oligo.
- Step Four Use DNA ligase to covalently close the complementary huge loop, where the result is circular ssDNA. It is this closed circle of ssDNA that does the “rolling,” during RCA.
- Step Five Add DNA polymerase that has a strand displacement activity, and add dNTPs.
- the added DNA polymerase covalently attaches dNTPs to the bead-bound ssDNA, and the distal terminus of the bead-bound ssDNA is extended to create a complementary copy of what is on the “rolling circle,” and then further extended to create yet another complementary copy of what is on the “rolling circle,” and even more extended to create still another complementary copy of what is on the “rolling circle.”
- continued activity of DNA polymerase is made possible by the strand displacement activity of the DNA polymerase.
- the method of the present disclosure includes real-time monitoring of rolling circle amplification (RCA) by way of fluorescent molecular beacons (Nilsson, Gullberg, Raap (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30:e66 (7 pages)).
- Reagents for RCA are available from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), Sygnis TruePrime Technology (TruePrime® RCA kit), Heidelberg, Germany, and GE Healthcare (TempliPhi 500® amplification kit). Fluorophores and quenchers are available from ThermoFisher Scientific (Carlsbad, Calif.), Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.), Cayman Chemical (Ann Arbor, Mich.), and Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.).
- Step Six Use the ssDNA that was amplified by RCA as a template for PCR amplification, where primers are added, where thermostable DNA polymerase is added, and where the PCR products are subsequently sequenced by Next Generation Sequencing.
- the RCA-amplified ssDNA is cleaved from the bead prior to PCR amplification that makes PCR products.
- the PCR amplification that makes PCR products can be made without cleaving the RCA-amplified ssDNA from the bead.
- RCA is similarly characterized by Li et al as, “In RCA, a circular template is amplified isothermally by a DNA polymerase phi29 with . . . strand displacement properties. The long single-stranded DNA products contain thousands of sequence repeats: (Li and Zhong (2007) Anal. Chem. 79:9030-9038).
- DNA barcodes of the present disclosure can be, without implying any limitation, with methods of Vander Horn U.S. Pat. No. 8,632,975, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Also, the DNA barcodes of the present disclosure can be sequenced, for example, by methods that use sequencing-by-synthesis, such as the Sanger sequencing method, or by methods that use “Next Generation sequencing.”
- Illumina method for DNA sequencing is as follows. DNA can be fragmented to a size range of 100-400 base pairs (bp) by sonication (Hughes, Magrini, Demeter (2014) PLoS Genet. 10:e1004462). In the Illumina method, DNA libraries are made, where fragments of DNA from a cell or from cells are modified by DNA adaptors (attached to termini of the fragments). The The reaction product takes the form of a sandwich, where the DNA to be sequenced is in the center of the sandwich. The reaction product takes the form: (first adaptor)-(DNA to be sequenced)-(second adaptor).
- the adaptor-DNA-adaptor complex is then associated with yet another adaptor, where this other adaptor is covalently attached to a solid surface.
- the solid surface can be a flat plate.
- the solid surface has a lawn of many adaptors that stick out of the flat surface.
- the adaptor has a DNA sequence that is complementary to one of the adaptors that is in the sandwich. Actually, the lawn contains two type of adaptors, where one adaptor binds (hybridizes) to one of the adaptors in the complex, and non-covalently tethers the complex to the plate.
- the first task of DNA polymerase is to create a daughter strand, using the tethered (but non-covalently bound) DNA as a template and, when DNA polymerization occurs, the daughter strand is in a form that is covalently attached to the “first lawn-bound adaptor.” This covalent link was generated by the catalytic action of DNA polymerase. After the daughter strand is completely sythesized, the distal end (the end that sticks out into the medium) contains a DNA sequence that is complementary to the second adaptor in the above-named sandwich.
- This DNA sequence that is complementary allows the distal end of the newly synthesized daughter DNA to bend over and to hybridize to the “second lawn-bound adaptor.” What has been described aboe, is how both adaptors of the sandwich are used, and how both the “first lawn-bound adaptor” and the “second lawn-bound adaptor” are used.
- a cycle of reactions is then performed many times, where the result is a cluster of amplified versions of the original dsDNA.
- the cluster takes the form of covalently attached (tethered) ssDNA molecules, where all of these ssDNA molecules correspond to only one of the strands of the original dsDNA (dsDNA isolated from a living cell or tissue).
- This cluster of tethered ssDNA molecules is called a “polony.”
- the generation of the polony is by a technique called, “bridge amplification.”
- bridge amplification the reverse strands that are covalently attached to the solid surface are cleaved from its tetherings, washed away, and discarded, leaving only the forward strands.
- SOLiD sequencing Sequencing by oligonucleotide ligation and detection. SOLiD measures fluorescence intensities from dye-labeled molecules to determine the sequence of DNA fragments.
- a library of DNA fragments is prepared from the sample to be sequenced and used to prepare clonal bead populations (with only one species of fragment on the surface of each magnetic bead).
- the fragments attached to the beads are given a universal P1 adapter sequence attached so that the starting sequence of every fragment is both known and identical.
- PCR is conducted and the resulting PCR products that are attached to the beads are then covalently bound to a slide.
- primers hybridize to the P1 adapter sequence within the library template.
- a set of four fluorescently labelled di-base probes compete for ligation to the sequencing primer. Specificity of the di-base probe is achieved by interrogating every 1st and 2nd base in each ligation reaction. Multiple cycles of ligation, detection and cleavage are performed with the number of cycles determining the eventual read length. Following a series of ligation cycles, the extension product is removed and the template is reset with a primer complementary to the n ⁇ 1 position for a second round of ligation cycles (see, Wu et al (2010) Nature Methods. 7:336-337).
- pH-based DNA sequencing is a system and method where, base incorporations are determined by measuring hydrogen ions that are generated as byproducts of polymerase-catalyzed extension reactions.
- DNA templates each having a primer and polymerase operably bound are loaded into reaction chambers or microwells, after which repeated cycles of deoxynucleoside triphosphate (dNTP) addition and washing are carried out.
- the DNA template is templates are attached as clonal populations to a solid support. With each such incorporation a hydrogen ion is released, and collectively a population of templates releasing hydrogen ions causing detectable changes to the local pH of the reaction chamber (see, Pourmand (2006) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci.103:6466-6470).
- the present disclosure can exclude pH-based DNA sequencing.
- the entire concatenated DNA barcode can be sequenced in one run (where sequencing of the entire concatenated DNA barcode requires only one sequencing primer).
- some or all of the DNA barcode modules that make up the concatenated DNA barcode can be subjected to individual sequencing (where each of the individually-sequenced DNA barcode modules gets its own sequencing primer).
- each of the DNA barcode modules that make up the orthogonal DNA barcode needs its own, dedicated sequencing primer, because of the fact that each DNA barcode module is attached to its own site on the bead.
- the present disclosure can exclude any system, device, combination of devices, and method, that involves microfluidics, aqueous droplets that reside in an oil medium, and aqueous droplets that are created where a first channel containing aqueous reagents is joined with a second channel containing an oil to create aqueous droplets that move through an oil medium through a third channel that starts at the joining area.
- Microfluidics devices and reagents are described (see, e.g., Brouzes, Medkova, Savenelli (2009) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 106:14195-14200; Guo, Rotem, Hayman (2012) Lab Chip. 12:2146-2155; Debs, Utharala, Balyasnikova (2012) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 109:11570-11575; Sciambi and Abate (2015) Lab Chip. 15:47-51).
- any reagent, composition, nucleic acid, or bead that comprises a “DNA headpiece” or an reagent, composition, nucleic acid, or bead, that is covalently attached to a “DNA headpiece.”
- MacConnell, Price, Paegel (2017) ACS Combinatorial Science. 19:181-192 provide an example of a DNA headpiece, where beads are functionalized with azido DNA headpiece moieties.
- the present disclosure can exclude reagents, systems, or methods that do not involve use of a “reversible terminator” in DNA sequencing. Also, what can be excluded is any reagent, system, or method, that do not include methoxy blocking group. Moreover, what can be excluded is any reagent, system, or method, that involves DNA sequencing, but where the DNA being sequenced is not covalently bound to a bead at the time at the time that information on the order of polynucleotides is being detected and collected.
- what can be excluded is any reagent, system, or method that amplifies a DNA template prior to conducting sequencing reactions, for example, amplification by PCR technique or by rolling circle technique.
- what can be excluded is any method of barcoding, for example, nucleic acid barcoding, that is concatenated (all information on synthesis of a member of the chemical library residing on one single nucleic acid).
- what can be exluced is any method of barcoding, for example, nucleic acid barcoding, that is orthogonal (information on synthesis of a given monomer of a chemical library being dispersed on a plurality of attachment positions on the bead).
- the present disclosure can exclude any reagent, system, or method, that uses DNA ligase for connecting modules of a nucleic acid barcode.
- Fluorophores, quenchers, and FRET-based assays are provided.
- the present disclosure provides fluorophores and quenchers for screening members of a chemical library, or for characterizing an isolated member of a chemical library.
- FRET is F ⁇ rster resonance energy transfer.
- Assays can be performed on bead-bound chemical libraries. Also, assays can be performed on free chemical library members shortly after cleavage from a bead, that is, performed in the same microwell as the bead or performed in the same vicinity of a hydrogel matrix as the bead. Moreover, assays can be performed on a soluble chemical library member that had never been attached to any bead, or that had been cleaved from a bead and then purified.
- Fluorophores suitable as reagents of the present disclosure include Alexa 350, Alexa 568, Alexa 594, Alexa 633, A647, Alexa 680, fluorescein, Pacific Blue, coumarin, Alexa 430, Alexa 488, Alexa 532, Alexa 546, Alexa 660, ATTO655, ATTO647n, Setau-665 (SETA Biochemicals, Urbana, Ill.), Cy2, Cy3, Cy3.5, Cy5, Cy5.5, tetramethylrhodamine (TMR), Texas red, tetrachlorofluorescein (TET), hexachlorofluorescein (HEX), and Joe dye (4′-5′-dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxy-6-carboxyfluorescein), SYBR green I (absorb 497 nm, emit 520 nm), 6-carboxyfluorescein (6-FAM) (absorbs 492 nm, emits 518 nm), 5-car
- Quenchers include TAMRA quencher, black hole quencher-1 (BHQ1), and black hole quencher-2 (BHQ2), and DABCYL quencher.
- TAMRA can be a fluorophore and it can also be a quencher.
- FRET-based assays Guidance is available on reagents for FRET-based assays, where the FRET reagent includes a fluorophore and quencher (see, Johansson (2006) Choosing reporter-quencher pairs for efficient quenching. Methods Mol. Biol. 335:17-29).
- An example of a FRET-based assays including measuring the activity of a signal peptidase (SpsB) with the substrate, “SceD peptide.”
- SpsB signal peptidase
- the FRET-pair attached to the peptide was 4-(4-dimethylaminophenylazo) 5-((2-aminoethyl) amino)-1-nepthalenesulfonic acid (see, Rao et al (2009) FEBS J.
- Another example comes from assays of HIV-1 protease, with the peptide substrate, KVSLNFPIL.
- the donor/acceptor FRET pair was EDANS (donor) and DABCYL (acceptor).
- EDANS fluorescence can be quenched by DABCYL by way of resonance energy transfer to the nonfluorescent DABCYL (see, Meng et al (2015) J. Biomolecular Screening. 20:606-615).
- Yet another example comes from assays of botulinum toxin. Activity of SNAP-25 can be measured by using the substrate, BoNT-A.
- the substrate had an N-terminally linked fluorescein-isothiocyanate (FITC) and the C-terminally linked quencher was, 4-(4-dimethylaminophenyl) diazenylbenzoic acid (DABSYL).
- FITC fluorescein-isothiocyanate
- DBSYL 4-(4-dimethylaminophenyl) diazenylbenzoic acid
- the peptide substrate corresponded to amino acids 190-201 of SNAP-25 (see, Rasooly and Do (2008) Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 74:4309-4313).
- the present disclosure provides for reagents, compositions, and methods for screening a library of compounds in order to discover and identify enzyme inhibitors, enzyme activators, and to discover compounds that can enhance the rate of in vivo degradation of a given protein.
- These reagents, compositions, and methods can use FRET-based assays and, alternatively, they can use assays other than FRET-based assays.
- a molecular beacon is a reagent where a fluorophore is bound, by way of a linker, to a quencher.
- the linker may be cleavable by a nuclease, and thus measure nuclease activity.
- the present disclosure provides for methods to screen chemical libraries for identifying nuclease inhibitors and, alternatively, for identifying nuclease activators.
- Feng et al have described the use of molecular beacons and use of FRET-based assays for measuring activity of various nucleases (Feng, Duan, Liu (2009) Angew Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 48:5316-5321).
- Feng et al showed use of FRET-based assays for measuring activity of various restriction enzymes.
- Cleavable linkers also include an acyl sulphonamide linkers that reside alkaline hydrolysis, as well as activated N-alkyl derivatives which are cleaved under mild conditions, and also traceless linkers based on aryl-silicon bonds, and traceless linkers based on silyl ether linkages (described on page 839 and 842 of Gordon et al (1999) J. Chemical Technology Biotechnology. 74:835-851).
- a linker based on tartaric acid which, upon cleavage, generates a C-terminal aldehyde, where cleavage is by periodate oxidation (see, Paulick et al (2006) J. Comb. Chem. 8:417-426).
- FIGS. 3A-3I disclose various cleavable linkers that are suitable for the compositions and methods of the present disclosure.
- FIGS. 3A-3I are reproduced from Table 1 of: Yinliang Yang (2014) Design of Cleavable Linkers and Applications in Chemical Proteomics. Technische Universitat Munchen Lehrstuhl fur Chemie der Biopolymere. From FIGS. 3A-3I , cleavable linkers that are preferred for the present disclosure are linkers A, C, D, E, F, G, and I. Linker E was used in the experimental results disclosed herein.
- Cleavage conditions for these are DTT (linker A), Na 2 SO 4 (linker C), Na 2 SO 4 (linker D), UV light (linker E), UV light (linker F), UV light (linker G), and TEV protease (linker I). These particular cleavage conditions are gentle and are not expected to damage the bead, to damage the bead-bound compound, or to damage any chemical library member (the unit) of the bead-bound compound.
- Photolabile cleavable linkers The present disclosure encompasses photocleavable linkers that have an o-nitrobenzyl group. This group can be cleaved by irradiation at 330-370 nm (see, Saran and Burke (2007) Bioconjugate Chem. 18:275-279; Mikkelsen, Grier, Mortensen (2016) ACS Combinatorial Science. DOI:10.1021).
- a linker with a shorter photolysis time than o-nitrobenzyl linker is 2-(2-nitrophenyl)-propyloxycarbonyl (NPPOC) linker.
- a variation of o-nitrobenzyl linker is o-nitrobenzylamino linker.
- Linker with an o-nitroveratryl group are available, and these have shorter photolysis time and greater release yields than unsubstituted o-nitrobenzyl linkers. Also available are phenacyl linkers, benzoin linkers, and pivaloyl linkers (see, Mikkelsen et al (2016) ACS Combinatorial Science. DOI:10.1021).
- Linkers with photocleavable ether bonds are available. This photocleavable linker can be used where the linker is attached to a bead and where the cleavable group is an “R group,” and after cleavage, the released group takes the form of ROH (see, Glatthar and Giese (2000) Organic Letters. 2:2315-2317). Also available are linkers with photocleavable ester bonds (see, Rich et al (1975) 97:1575; Renil and Pillai (1994) Tetrahedron Lett. 35:3809-3812; Holmes (1997) J. Org. Chem. 62:2370-2380, as cited by Glatthar and Giese, supra). Ether bonds in linkers can be cleaved by acid, base, oxidation, reduction, and fluoride sensitive silyl-oxygen bond cleavage, and photolysis (Glatthar and Giese, supra).
- R 1 is connected directly to the methylene moiety of a benzyl group.
- Para to the methylene group is a ring-attached nitro group.
- Meta to the methylene moiety is a ring-attached ethyl group.
- the 1-carbon of the ethyl group bears a phosphate.
- To an oxygen atom of this phosphate is attached the R 2 group (Olejnik et al (1999) Nucleic Acids Res. 27:4626-4631).
- Akerblom et al discloses photolabile linkers of the alpha-methyl 2-nitrobenzyl type, containing amino, hydroxyl, bromo, and methylamino groups, and also 4-nitrophenoxycarbonyl activated hydroxyl and amino groups (see, Akerblom and Nyren (1997) Molecular Diversity. 3:137-148).
- Cathepsin B can cleava a linker with the target sequence, “valine-citrulline” (Dal Corso, Cazzamalli, Neri (2017) Bioconjugate Chemistry. 28:1826-1833).
- Enzyme-cleavable linkers Linkers that are cleavable by enzymes, such as proteases, are available (see, Leriche, Chisholm, Wagner (2012) Bioorganic Medicinal Chem. 20:571-582). The hydroxymethylphenoxy linker can be cleaved with chymotrypsin (Maltman, Bejugam, Flitsch (2005) Organic Biomolecular Chem. 3:2505-2507). Linkers that are cleavable with tobacco etch virus protease are available (see, Weerapana, Speers, Cravatt (2007) Nature Protocols. 2:1414-1425; Dieterich, Link, Graumann (2006) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. 103:9482-9487).
- linker sequences LVPRG and LVPRGS can be cleaved by thrombin (Jenny, Mann, Lundblad (2003) Protein Expression Purification. 31:1-11). Plasmin-cleavable linkers are available (Devy, Blacher, Noel (2004) FASEB J. 18:565-567).
- the present disclosure provides a novel and unique release-monitor that is capable of assessing release of bead-bound compounds.
- the release-monitor takes the form of a bead-bound complex of fluorophore and quencher, where the fluorophore is connected to the bead by way of a cleavable linker.
- the cleavable linker is a photocleavable linker.
- the bead-bound release-monitor is situated in a dedicated picowell, where that picowell does not contain any other type of bead.
- the fluorophore With severing of the photocleavable linker, the fluorophore is released from the bead, diffuses into the medium in the picowell, achieves some distance from the bead-bound quencher, where the result is an increase in fluorescence that is proportional to the amount of release.
- the increase in fluorescence allows the calculation of the concentration of the free fluorophore that is in the picowell and, more importantly, allows calculation of the amount of chemical compounds that are released from other beads that are situated in other wells.
- the bead-bound release-monitor is situated in its own dedicated well, where other wells contained bead-bound compounds that are drug candidates.
- FIG. 8 discloses a simplified version of a preferred and non-limiting example of a bead-bound release-monitor.
- the release-monitor takes the form of a quencher that is held in the vicinity of a fluorophore, resulting in quenching of the fluorophore.
- quenching is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, at least 99.8%, at least 99.9%, at least 99.95%, and so on.
- one bead is dedicated to being a release-monitor, while another bead or beads are used for attaching a compound and for attaching DNA library.
- QSY7 is a preferred quencher.
- the structure and CAS number for QSY7 is as follows (see below):
- the increase in fluorescence that results from separation of the fluorophore from the quencher can be used to infer the concentration in the picowell of the simultaneously released compound. Also, the increase in fluorescence that results from separation of the fluorophore from the quencher can be used to infer the number of molecules (molecules taking the form of the compound that was formerly a bead-bound compound) that reside in free form in the picowell.
- the release-monitor comprises a quencher and a fluorophore, where cleavage results in the release of the fluorophore (and not release of the quencher). This embodiment provides lower background noise than the following less preferred embodiment. In a less preferred embodiment, cleavage results in the release of the quencher, where the read-out takes the form of the increase in fluorescence from bead-bound fluorophore.
- the release-monitor provides the user with a measure of the concentration of the soluble compound, following UV-induced release of the compound from the bead.
- one type of bead is dedicated to being a release-monitor. By “dedicated,” what this means is that this bead does not also contain bead-bound compound and does not also contain bead-bound DNA library.
- biochemical efficacy of a bead-bound water-insoluble compound can be increased, by way of surfactants, detergents, additives such as DMSO, or carriers such as human serum albumin.
- the release-monitor can be used to assess overall concentration of compounds of limited water-solubility or of no water-solubility, under the condition where the picowell contains one of the above agents or, alternatively, where the water-insoluble compound is released in the vicinity of the plasma membrane of a living cell that is cultured inside of the picowell.
- FIG. 9 discloses a simplified version of a preferred embodiment of bead-bound release-monitor
- FIG. 10 discloses a complete and detailed structure of this preferred embodiment of bead-bound release-monitor.
- FIGS. 30A-30F provide data demonstrating use of bead-release monitor, where bead is in a picowell.
- the bead-bound fluorophore which is bound using a light-cleavable linker, was TAMRA (excitation wavelength 530 nm; emission wavelength 570 nm).
- TAMRA excitation wavelength 530 nm; emission wavelength 570 nm.
- FIGS. 30A-30F also include insets showing blowups of the smaller figures, for two of the four smaller figures.
- 30A-30F were obtained from incubation of cathepsin-D, which is an aspartyl protease, with “Peptide Q-Fluor Substrate” and beads. Reagents were placed into wells at 4 degrees C. Ultraviolet light at 365 nm was used to cleave the fluorophore from the bead, thereby releasing the fluorophore and separating it from the quencher. A goal of this assay was to assess the time course of release taking place in a separate well, where the separate well contained a different type of bead. The different type of bead had the same light-cleavable linker, but where this light-cleavable linker was attached to pepstatin-A. Release of pepstatin-A can bind to and inhibit an aspartyl protease that is in the same assay medium. This setup with bead-bound pepstatin-A and the aspartyl protease can serve as a positive control.
- FIG. 35 discloses further details on enzymatic assays, where bead-bound pepstatin-A is released, and where the released pepstatin-A results in enzyme inhibition.
- 10 ⁇ m TentaGel beads displaying photocleavable Pepstatin-A (positive control) and a covalent Cy5 label were mixed with 10 ⁇ m TentaGel beads displaying photocleavable Fmoc-Valine (negative control) in PBST buffer.
- Wells were encapsulated by air, and entire slide exposed to UV (365 nm, 77 J/cm 2 ), cleaving the photolabile linker, releasing the compound to reach approximately 13 ⁇ M.
- the flowcell was incubated (30 min, 37° C.).
- Wells containing positive control beads should inhibit peptide proteolysis by Cathepsin-D, resulting in low fluorescence signal.
- Wells containing negative control beads should not show any Cathepsin-D inhibition, and should be similar in fluorescence intensity to empty wells.
- Terminology for quencher and fluorophore can change, for a given chemical, depending on what other chemicals occur in the immediate vicinity.
- TAMRA that is used in the laboratory data of the bead-bound release monitor is a fluorophore
- TAMRA can be a quencher.
- TAMRA acts as a quencher in TaqMan® probes that contain FAM and TAMRA.
- TAMRA 5(6)-Carboxytetramethylrhodamine
- This standard curve was prepared under two different conditions, that is, where the photographic image was taken with a 2 millisecond exposure or with a 10 millisecond exposure.
- the experiment used for preparing the standard curve was conducted in picowells, but there were not any beads used in this experiment (just known amounts of TAMRA).
- the photographic image is not shown in this patent document, because the data merely take the form of a standard curve, which may also be called a calibration curve.
- ⁇ ex 645 nm
- FIG. 32 illustrates the following procedure. Further regarding Scheme X), Picowell substrate (46 pL per well) is enclosed in a flowcell, wells wetted under vacuum, a suspension of TentaGel-Lys(PCL1-TAMRA)-QSY7 beads are introduced, and air pulled across flow-cell, compartmentalizing each well (top). Flowcell is irradiated by a UV LED ( ⁇ mean 365 nm) with controlled luminous flux, allowed to equilibrate (20 min), before fluorescence microscopy images taken to quantitate released compound (TAMRA) concentration (bottom) ( FIG. 32 ). In detail, FIG.
- FIG. 32 shows drawings of cross-section of picowell, illustrating the steps where picowells wetted in a flowcell, the step where beads in a suspension are introduced over the picowells, resulting in one bead per picowell, the step of drawing air across flowcell in order to reduce excessive dispersion solution and resulting in a meniscus dropping below the surface of the planar top surface of the picowell plate, the step of controlled UV exposure (365 nm), resulting in release of some TAN/IRA, and the step of provoking light emission from TAMRA with detecting fluorescent signal with fluorescent microscopy (excite 531/40 nm) (emit 594/40 nm).
- lash 40 refers to the bandwidth, that is, it means that cut-off filters confined the light to the range of: 531 nm plus 20 nm and minus 20 nm, and to 594 nm, plus 20 nm and minus 20 nm (this slash notation can be used for excitation wavelengths and also to emission wavelengths).
- FIGS. 33A-33F Fluorescence emission ( ⁇ ex 531/40 nm, ⁇ em 593/40) of fluorophore (TAMRA) released from 10- ⁇ m TentaGel-Lys(PCL1-TAMRA)-QSY7 beads after UV LED (365 nm) exposure in pico-well flow cell.
- TAMRA fluorophore
- TAMRA release allowed to reach equilibrium (20 min) following UV exposures of (B) 25 J/cm 2 , (C) 257 J/cm 2 , (D) 489 J/cm 2 , (E) 721 J/cm 2 , (F) 953 J/cm 2 then imaged using appropriate exposure times. Fluorescence emission was measured within the volume surrounding each bead to measure TAMRA concentration ( FIGS. 33A-33F )
- the notation, “slash 40” refers to the bandwidth, that is, it means that cut-off filters confined the light to the range of: 531 nm plus 20 nm and minus 20 nm (this slash notation can be used for excitation wavelengths and also to emission wavelengths).
- UV released compound concentrations were 1.1 ⁇ M (RSD % 8.9), 54.3 ⁇ M (RSD % 5.2), 142 ⁇ M (RSD % 4.2), 174 ⁇ M (RSD % 7.7), 197.3 ⁇ M (RSD % 10.1) ( FIG. 34 )
- Non-limiting examples include binding assays, enzymatic assays, catalytic assays, fluorescence based assays, luminescence based assays, scattering based assays, and so on. Examples are elaborated below.
- Biochemical assays that are sensitive to inhibitors of proteases and peptidases. Where the goal is to detect and then develop a drug that inhibits a protease, screening assay can use a mixture of a particular protease or peptidase, a suitable cleavable substrate, and a color-based assay or a fluorescence-based assay that is sensitive to the degree of inhibition by candidate drug compounds.
- one reagent can be a bead-bound compound, where the compound has not yet been tested for activity.
- Another reagent can take the form of bead-bound pepstatin (an established inhibitor of HIV-1 protease) (Hilton and Wolkowicz (2010) PLoS ONE. 5:e10940 (7 pages)).
- Yet another reagent can be a cleavable substrate of HIV-1 protease, and where cleavage by the HIV-1 protease results in a change in color or a change in fluorescence.
- Postive-screening drug candidates are identified where a particular assay (in a given microwell) results in a difference in color (or a difference in fluorescence).
- the cleavable substrate takes the form of a susceptible peptide that is covalently bound to and flanked by a quencher and a fluorescer. Before cleavage, the fluorophore does not fluoresce, because of the nearby quencher, but after cleavage, fluorescence materializes (see, Lood et al (2017) PLoS ONE.
- Enzyme-based screening assay for compounds that inhibit ubiquitin ligases where the reagents include MDM2 (enzyme) and p53 (substrate).
- MDM2 regulates the amount of p53 in the cell.
- MDM2 is overexpressed in some cancers.
- MDM2 is an enzyme, as shown by the statement that, “In vitro studies have shown that purified MDM2 . . . is sufficient to ubiquitinate . . . p53” (Leslie et al (2015) J. Biol. Chem. 290:12941-12950).
- Applicant's goal is to discover inhibitors of MDM2, where these inhibitors are expected to reduce ubiquitination of p53 and thus reduce subsequent degradation of p53.
- an inhibitor with the above property is expected to be useful for treating cancer.
- MDM2/HDM2 Ubiquitin Ligase Kit p53 Substrate (Boston Biochem, Cambridge, Mass.).
- One of the reagents used in the assay was a bead with a covalently bound antibody.
- the bead was TentaGel® M NH 2 (cat. no. M30102, Rapp Polymere GmbH, Germany) and the antibody was anti-human p53 monoclonal antibody, biosynthesized in a mouse.
- MDM2 is an E3 ligase that can use p53 as a substrate, where MDM2 catalyzes ubiquitination of the p53.
- MDM2 is an E3 ubiquitin ligase that ubiquitinates p53, targeting it for proteasomal degradation” (Ortiz, Lozano (2016) Oncogene. 37:332-340).
- p53 has tumor-suppressing activity.
- p53 activity can be inhibited by MDM2.
- MDM2 is a, “p53-binding protein” (see, Wu, Buckley, Chernov (2015) Cell Death Disease. 6:e 2035).
- a compound prevents ubiquitination of p53, for example, by blocking interactions between MDM2 and p53, the compound might be expected to function as an anti-cancer drug.
- a purpose of the screening assay is to discover compounds that influence ubiquitination of p53, for example, compounds that stimulate p53 ubiquitination and compounds that inhibit p53 ubiquitination.
- the purpose is to discover compounds that are inhibiting or activating, where their effect is via MDM-2 and either E1 ligase, E2 ligase, or E3 ligase.
- MDM2 means, “murine double minute.” MDM2 has been called an, “E3 ubiquitin ligase.” When MDM2 occurs in the cell, evidence suggests its activity in catalyzing the ubiquitination of p53 requires a number of other proteins, such as CUL4A, DDB1, and RoC1 (see, Banks, Gparkedova (2006) Cell Cycle. 5:1719-1729; Nag et al (2004) Cancer Res. 64:8152-8155). Banks et al have described a physical interaction involving p53 and MDM2 as, “L2DTL, PCNA and DDB1/CUL4A complexes were found to physically interact with p53 tumor suppressor and its regulator MDM2/HDM2” (Banks, Gparkedova (2006) Cell Cycle.
- Desired read-out from the bead-based assay for modulators of p53 ubiquitination results in a positive-screening hit, that is, where there is more AF488 fluorescence, this means that an ACTIVATOR has been discovered. And where screening compounds results in a positive-screening hit, where there is a REDUCTION in fluorescence, this means that an INHIBITOR has been discovered.
- a compound that inhibits ubiquitination of p53 suggests that the compound can be used for treating cancer.
- a compound that specifically inhibits ubiquitination of p53 that is, where the compound does not inhibit ubiquitination of other proteins, or where the compound inhibits ubiquitination of other proteins with inhibition that is less severe than for p53, also suggests that the compound can be used for treating cancer.
- E3 Ligase kit K-200B from Boston Biochem. Boston Biochem catalog describes this kit as: Mdm2/HDM2 Ubiquitin Ligase Kit—p53 Substrate. The following concerns Mdm2, which is part of this kit.
- This kit does not include cereblon. Lenalidomide and similar compounds can bind to either cereblon or to Mdm2, where the end-result is activation of ubiquitin ligase.
- Materials also included Diamond White Glass microscope slides, 25 mm ⁇ 75 mm (Globe Scientific, Paramus, N.J.). Corning Stirrer/Hot Plate (settings from zero to ten) 698 Watts, Model PC-420. N-hydroxy-succinimide (NETS).
- Methyltetrazine (mTET). AlexaFluor488 (AF488) (ThermoFisher Scientific). TentaGel beads M NH 2 (cat. No. M30102) (Rapp Polymere GmbH). Parafilm (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.).
- FIG. 8 shows the structure of Alexa Fluor® 488. The structure of Alexa Fluor 488 (AF488) is shown in Product Information for AlexaFluor488-Nanogold-Streptavidin (Nanoprobes, Inc., Yaphank, N.Y.).
- Cell-based assays that are conducted in a picowell can use human cells, non-human cells, human cancer cells, non-human cancer cells, bacterial cells, cells of a parasite such as plasmodium cells. Also, cell-based assays can be conducted with human cells or non-human cells that are “killed but metabolically active,” that is, where their genome has been cross-linked to allow metabolism but to prevent cell division (see, U.S. Pat. Publ. No. 2007/0207170 of Dubensky, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). Moreover, cell-based assays can be conducted on apoptotic cells, necrotic cells, or on dead cells. Cell-based assays with bacterial cells can be used to screen for antibiotics.
- Human cells that are infected with a virus can be used to screen for anti-viral agents.
- Combinations of cells are provided for cell-based assays.
- combinations of dendritic cells and T cells are provided to screen for and identify compounds that stimulate antigen presentation or, alternatively, that impair antigen presentation.
- Cell-based assays can be based on a primary culture of cells, for example, as obtained from a biopsy of normal tissue, a biopsy from a solid tumor, or from a hematological cancer, or from a circulating solid tumor cells. Also, cell-based assays can be based on cells that have been passaged one or more times.
- Cell-based assays that are conducted in a picowell can use a culture that contains only one cell, or that contains two cells, three cells, four cells, five cells, or about 2 cells, about 3 cells, about 4 cells, about 5 cells, or a plurality of cells, or less than 3 cells, less than 4 cells, less than 5 cells, and so on.
- Applicants have conducted working tests based on the following technology. This describes cell-based assays for screening compound for the exemplary embodiment where lenalidomide (test compound) inhibits ubiquitin-mediated proteolysis of a transcription factor.
- the transcription factors include Ikaros and Aiolos.
- the present disclosure provides a cell-based assay that screens compounds on a bead-bound compounds, and where screening is done with a plate bearing many picowells.
- the components of the cell-based assay include, a picowell for holding a bead-bound chemical library, where each bead has attached to it substantially only one, uniform type of compound. The compounds are released by way of a cleavable linker. Mammalian cells are cultured in the picowell. The picowell also includes culture medium.
- the presently disclosed non-limiting example with lenalidomide is a proof-of-principle example that can be used for screening chemical libraries in order to discover other compounds that modulate ubiquitination of a given target protein.
- Recombinant cells are used as a reagent for detecting and screening for compounds that induce proteolysis of green fluorescent protein (GFP), where the read-out that identifies a positively screening compound is the situation where green-colored cells become colorless cells, or cells with reduced green color.
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- Cereblon is part of a complex of proteins called, “E3 ubiquitin ligase.” Cereblon is the direct target of the anti-cancer drugs, lenalidomide, thalidomide, and pomalidomide.
- E3 ubiquitin ligase The normal and constitutive activity of E3 ubiquitin ligase, and its relation to cereblon, has been described as, “cereblon . . . promotes proteosomal degradation [of target proteins] by engaging the . .
- E3 ubiquitin ligase (see, Akuffo et al (2016) J. Biol. Chem. 293:6187-6200).
- a drug such as lenalidomide, thalidomide, or pomalidomide
- the result is that the, “lenalidomide, thalidomide, and pomalidomide . . . promote[s] the ubiquitination and degradation of . . . substrates by an E3 ubiquitin ligase . . . each of these drugs induces degradation of transcription factors, IKZF1 and IKZF3” (Kronke et al (2015) Nature. 523:183-188).
- cereblon has been described as being part of a complex of proteins that is called, “E3 ligase” and also called, “E3 ubiquitin ligase.” Generally, cereblon by itself is not called an “E3 ligase. The following excerpts reveal how the word “cereblon” is used. According to Akuffo et al (2016) J. Biol. Chem. 293:6187-6200, “Upon binding to thalidomide . . . the E3 ligase substrate receptor cereblon . . .
- the first step is that lenalidomide is added to cells.
- the last step is that IKZF1 and IKZF3 are degraded.
- IKZF1 occurs as a fusion protein with GFP
- the last step is that the entire fusion protein is degraded by the proteasome.
- IKZF3 occurs as a fusion protein with GFP
- the final step is that this entire fusion protein gets degraded by the proteasome.
- the result of GFP degradation is that the cell, which was once green-fluorescing cell, is turned into a non-fluorescing cell.
- “Aiolos” is the name of a protein
- IKZF3 is the name of the gene.
- Cullin-ring finger ligase-4 is the name of a protein, and the gene's name is CRL4.
- “Regulator of cullin-1” is the name of a protein, and the gene's name is ROC1.
- ROC1 is also known as, RBX1 (Jia and Sun (2009) Cell Division. 4:16. DOI:10.1186.
- “Cullin-4A” is the name of a protein and the gene's name is CUL4A. See, Schafer, Ye, Chopra (2016) Ann. Rheum. Dis. DOI:10.1136; Chen, Peng, Hu (2015) Scientific Reports. 5:10667; Matyskiela et al (2016) Nature. 535:252-257; Akuffo et al (2016) J. Biol. Chem. 293:6187-6200).
- E3 ubiquitin ligase catalyzes the transfer of a residue of ubiquitin to a target protein, where the consequence is that the target protein gets sent to the proteasome for degradation.
- the E3 ligase catalyzes attachment of ubiquitin to one or more lysine residues of the target protein.
- Humans express about 617 different E3 ubiquitin ligase enzymes (see, Shearer et al (2015) Molecular Cancer Res. 13:1523-1532).
- E3 ubiquitin ligase is a complex of these proteins: DNA damage binding protein-1 (DDB1); Cullin-4 (CUL4A or CUL4B); Regulator of Cullins-1 (RoC1); and RING Box-domain protein (RBX1).
- DDB1 DNA damage binding protein-1
- CUL4A or CUL4B Cullin-4
- RoC1 Regulator of Cullins-1
- RBX1 RING Box-domain protein
- RoC1 is the same protein as RBX1 (see, Jia and Sun (2009) Cell Division. 4:16. DOI:10.1186).
- CRL4 CRBN Cerblon
- CRL4 means, “Cullin-4 RING Ligase” (Gandhi et al (2013) Brit. J. Haematol. 164:233-244; Chamberlain et al (2014) Nature Struct. Mol. Biol. 21:803-809). The above discrepancies in nomenclature need to be taken into account when reading the literature of cereblon.
- CBL4 cRBN E3 ubiquitin ligase The longer account more fully integrates the various names and cellular events. “The relation between cereblon (CRBN) and E3 ubiquitin ligase complex has been described as, “cereblon (CRBN) promotes proteosomal degradation [of target protein] by engaging the DDB1-CUL4A-Roc1-RBX1 E3 ubiquitin ligase” (Akuffo et al (2016) J. Biol. Chem. 293:6187-6200).
- These compounds bind CRBN, the substrate adaptor for the CRL4 CRBN E3 ubiquitin ligase . . . each of these drugs induces degradation of . . . transcription factors, IKZF1 and IKZF3” (Kronke et al (2015) Nature. 523:183-188).
- any given microwell, nanowell, or picowell contains a bead where bead has covalently linked compounds, where the compound is attached via a cleavable linker, and where the well contains one or more cultured mammalian cells.
- Responses to compounds and to drug candidates of the present disclosure can be assessed by way of one or more biomarkers.
- Biomarkers include diagnostic biomarkers, biomarkers that predict if a given patient will respond (get better) to a given drug, and biomarkers that predict if a given patient will experience unacceptable toxicity to a given drug (Brody, T. (2016) Clinical Trials: Study Design, Endpoints and Biomarkers, Drug Safety, and FDA and ICH Guidelines, 2 nd ed., Elsevier, San Diego, Calif.).
- the present disclosure makes use of yet another kind of biomarker, namely, a biomarker that monitors response of a patient to a given drug, after drug therapy has been initiated.
- the biomarker peroxiredoxin6 (PRDX6) and lung cancer.
- PRDX6 levels in cell media from . . . cell lines increased . . . after gefitinib treatment vs. vehicle . . . PRDX6 accumulation over time correlated positively with gefitinib sensitivity.
- Serum PRDX6 levels . . . increased markedly during the first 24 hours of treatment . . . changes in serum PRDX6 during the course of gefitinib treatment . . . offers . . .
- biomarker has advantages over a more direct measure of efficacy of response, namely, use of “imaging” to detect decrease in tumor size and numbers (Hughes et al (2016) Cancer Biomarkers. 22:333-344).
- Other biomarkers that monitor response to anti-cancer drugs include CA125 for monitoring response to platin therapy for ovarian cancer, and serum HSPB1 for monitoring response to chemotherapy with ovarian cancer (see, Rohr et al (2016) Anticancer Res. 36:1015-1022; Stope et al (2016) Anticancer Res. 36:3321-3327).
- Cytokine expression Responses can be assessed by measuring expressed cytokines, such as IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, IFN-gamma, and TNF-alpha. These particular cytokines can be simultaneously measured using gold nanostructures bearing antibodies that specifically recognize one of these cytokines, where detection involves plasmon resonance (Spackova, Wrobel, Homola (2016) Proceedings of the IEEE. 104:2380-2408; Oh et al (2014) ACS Nano. 8:2667-2676). Cytokines expressed by single cells, such as a single T cell, can be measured by way of fluorescent antibodies, in a device that includes microwells (Zhu, Stybayeva (2009) Anal. Chem. 81:8150-8156). The above methods are useful as reagents and methods for the present disclosure.
- antibodies to cytokines may be attached to the walls of the picowells, wherein any cytokines released, or differentially released, from cells, as a function of drug exposure can be captured by the antibodies bound to the walls of the picowells.
- the captured cytokines may be identified by a second set of labeled antibodies.
- antibodies for cytokines may be attached to capping beads. The capping beads may then be embedded in a crosslinking hydrogel sheet that may be peeled off and subjected to further analysis, for example, via ELISA, mass spectrometer or other analytical techniques.
- Apoptosis Real-time data on apoptosis, and early events in apoptosis of single cells can be measured with Surface-Enhanced Raman Spectroscopy (SERS) and with Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance (LSPR) (see, Stojanovic, Schasfoort (2016) Sensing Bio-Sensing Res. 7:48-54; Loo, Lau, Kong (2017) Micromachines. 8:338. DOI:10.3390).
- Stajanovic, supra detects release from cells of cytochrome C, EpCam, and CD49e. Loo et al, supra, measures release from cell of cytochrome C, where detection involves a DNA aptamer (this DNA aptamer works like an antibody).
- SERS can be used for assessing drug activity by collecting data on stages of mitosis, release of metabolites, expression of a biomolecule bound to the plasma membrane (see, Cialla- May et al (2017) Chem. Soc. Rev. 46:3945-3961). Plasmon resonance can measure protein denaturation and DNA fragmentation that occurs in apoptosis (see, Kang, Austin, El-Sayed (2014) ACS Nano. 8:4883-4892).
- Plasmon resonance can distinguish between cancer cells and normal cells, by measuring the percentage of mitotic proteins in the alpha helix form versus in beta sheet form (Panikkanvalappil, Hira, El-Sayed (2014) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 136:159-15968).
- SERS Stretrachlorosus
- Apoptosis can also be measured in cultured cells in a method not using plasmonic resonance, but that instead uses immunocytochemistry using anti-cleaved caspase-3 antibody (Shih et al (2017) Mol. Cancer Ther. 16:1212-1223).
- Cell-based assays of the present disclosure can be used to test responses from human cancer cells, cells from a solid tumor, cells from a hematological cancer, human stem cells, human hepatocytes, a pathogenic bacterium, an infectious bacterium, human cells infected with a bacterium, human cells infected with a virus, and so on.
- the assays can detect morphological response of the cell, such as migration, as well as genetic responses and biochemical responses.
- Assays of the present disclosure can be designed to detect response of cells that are situated inside a microwell, or to detect response of cells that are situated outside a microwell, such as in a nutrient medium situated as a layer above the array of microwells. Also, assays of the present disclosure can be designed to detect responses of cells, where cells and beads are situated within a medium, where cells are situated within a medium and beads are above or below the medium, where cells are situated on top of a medium and where beads are situated above or within or below the medium.
- the present disclosure provides a population of cells to a microwell array.
- at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 40%, at least about 60%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100%, of the population of cells resides inside the microwells (and not in any region situated above the microwells).
- the proportion of cells that resides inside of the wells, with the rest being situated in a layer of nutrient medium residing above the array of wells can be about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, about 100%, or in any range defined by two of these numbers, such as the range of “about 60% to about 90%.”
- Matrix for cells For assays of biological activity of cells, and where cells are exposed to compounds released from beads, or where cells are exposed to bead-bound compounds, suitable matrices include those that include one or more of the following: poly-D-lysine (PDL), poly-L-lysine (PLL), poly-L-ornithine (PLO), vitronectin, osteopontin, collagen, peptides that contain RGD sequence, polypeptides that contain RGD sequence, laminin, laminin/fibronectin complex, laminin/entactin complex, and so on.
- PDL poly-D-lysine
- PLA poly-L-lysine
- PLO poly-L-ornithine
- osteopontin collagen
- peptides that contain RGD sequence polypeptides that contain RGD sequence
- laminin laminin/fibronectin complex
- laminin/entactin complex laminin/entactin complex
- Suitable matrices also include products available from Corning, Inc., such as, PuraMatrix® Peptide Hydrogel®, Cell-Tak® cell and tissue adhesive, Matrigel®, and so on. See, Corning Life Sciences (2015) Corning Cell Culture Surfaces, Tewksbury, Mass. (20 pages), De Castro, Orive, Pedraz (2005) J. Microencapsul. 22:303-315.
- the present disclosure can exclude any composition or method that includes one of the above matrices or one of the above polymers.
- the present disclosure provides an array, where individual microwells contain a bead, one or more cells, and either a solution (without any matrix) or a matrix or a combined solution and matrix.
- the matrix can be a hydrogel, polylysine, vitronectin, MatriGel®, and so on.
- Activity of bead-bound compounds or of bead-released compounds can be conducted.
- Assays to assess activity can include, activating or inhibiting an enzyme, activating or inhibiting a cell-signaling cascade or an individual cell-signaling protein, binding to an antibody (or to a complementarty determining region (CDR) of an antibody, to a variable region of an antibody), inhibiting the binding of a ligand or substrate to an enzyme (or to an antibody, or to a variable region of an antibody).
- CDR complementarty determining region
- the readout can be determined with fluorescence assays, for example, involving a fluorophore linked to a quencher (F-Q).
- the linker can be designed to be cleavable by an endoprotease, DNAse, RNAse, or phosopholipase (see, Stefflova, Zheng (2007) Frontiers Bioscience. 12:4709-4721).
- the term “molecular beacon” refers to this type of F-Q molecule, however, “molecular probe” has also been used to refer to constructs where separation of F and Q is induced by hybridization, as in TaqMang assays (Tyagi and Kramer (1996) Nature Biotechnol. 14:303-308; Tsourkas, Behlke, Bao (2003) Nucleic Acids Res. 15:1319-1330).
- the DNA barcodes of this disclosure may be modified to contain response-capture elements, where the response capture elements capture the response of cells to perturbations encoded by the encoding portions of the barcode.
- the DNA barcodes may terminate in a poly-T section (multiple repeats of the thymidne nucloetide), wher the poly-T sequence may be used to capture poly-A terminated mRNA molecules released from lysed cells.
- the response-capture sequence may be complementary to genes of interest, thereby capturing the expression profile of desired genes via hybridization to the beads of this embodiment.
- picowells may contain a single cell picowell whose transcriptional profile is captured on the bead. In some other embodiments, a plurality of cells may be be contanined in the picowell whose transcriptional profile is being captured.
- the following procedure may be followed to cature transcriptional response of cells to drusg.
- Picowells designed to capture single cells per well are provided.
- a compound-laden, DNA barcoded bead is introduced into the picowells, such that one bead is present per picowell.
- Compounds are released from the beads in each picowell by appropriate methods (UV treatent for compounds attached via UV cleavable linker, diffusion in case of beads soaked in compoiunds, acide cleavable, base cleavable, temperature cleavable etc., as appropriate for the beads of the embodiment).
- the picowells may be isolated from each other via a capping bead that retains contents within the picowell or by other means such as an air barrier or an oil barrier on top of the picowells.
- the cells in the picowells are allowed to incubate in the presence of the compounds released from the beads for a duration.
- a suitable amount of time say 1 hr, 2 hrs, 5 hrs, 9 hrs, 12 hrs, 15 hrs, 18 hrs, one day, 3 days, one week, two weeks, one months, or another appopriate time based on the assay, the cells are lysed by a lysing method.
- the lysing methods may involve addition of detergents, repeated cycles of freezing and thawing, heating, addition of membrane disrupting peptides, mechanical agitation or other suitable means.
- the response capture are poly-T sequences which capture the complete mRNA profile of the cell (or cells) within each picowell.
- the response-capture elements are designed to capture specific DNA or RNA seqences from the cell.
- the transcriptional response of the cell may be captured as a function of dosage (or concentration) of compounds.
- the present disclosure provides methods, including that outlined below as “First Workflow” and as “Second Workflow.”
- the First Workflow includes the steps: (1) Generate DELB, (2) Beads into picowells, (3) Load assay reagents into picowells, (4) Release bead-bound compounds, (5) Measure assay readout, (6) Rank the assay readout, and (7) Generate a new set of DELBs.
- each picowell gets only one bead.
- Each picowell can have a round upper edge, a round lower edge, a solid circular bottom, an open top, and a wall.
- the wall's bottom is defined by the round upper edge and by the round lower edge.
- the wall is angled, where the diameter of the round upper edge is greater than the diameter of the round lower edge. In this way, the wall (viewed by itself) resembles a slice of an inverted cone.
- the picowell array can be prepared, so that there is a redundancy of beads.
- the array can be prepared so that two of the beads, out of the many thousands of beads that are placed into the picowells, contain exactly the same compound.
- the redundancy can be, e.g., 2 beads, 3 beads, 4 beads, 5 beads, 10 beads, 20 beads, 40 beads, 60 beads, 80 beads, 100 beads, and so on, or about 2, about 3, about 4, about 10, about 20, about 40, about 60, about 80, about 100, about 200, about 500, about 1,000 beads, and so on, or more than 2, more than 5, more than 10, more than 20, more than 40, more than 60, more than 80, more than 100, more than 200, more than 500, more than 1,000 beads, and so on.
- the reagent can take the form of a FRET reagent plus an enzyme.
- the FRET reagent can be a fluorophore linked by way of a protease substrate to a quencher.
- the enzyme can be a substrate of that protease, which is cleavable by the protease.
- the bead-bound compound is being tested for ability to inhibit the protease.
- each picowell can be capped by a film, or many or all of the picowells can be capped by one film, or many or all of the picowells can be capped by a film with pimples where each pimple fits into a picowell, or or where each picowell is fitted with a porous sphere.
- about 5% of the volume about 10% of the volume, about 20% of the volume, about 30% of the volume, or about 40% of the volume of the sphere fits into the picowell (where the remainder is flush with the surface or resides above the surface).
- Release bead-bound compounds Perform a step that causes release of the bead-bound compound.
- the step can cause release of about 0.1%, about 0.2%, about 0.1%, about 0.2%, about 2%, about 5%, about 10%, about 20%, about 40%, about 60%, about 80%, about 99%, or about 100% of the compounds that are attached to a given bead.
- Release can be effected by light, by a chemical reagent, by an enzyme, by a shift in temperature, by any combination thereof, and so on.
- Release can take the form of: (i) Single release, (ii) Multiple release, (iii) Continual release.
- Multiple release for example, can take the form of several emissions of ultraviolet light, where each emission is sufficient to cleave about 10% of the bead-bound compound that happens to be attached to the bead at the start of that light emission.
- Continual release for example, can take the form of continual emission of light over the course of one hour, resulting in a steadily increasing concentrations of free compound. In this situation, the steadily increasing concentrations of free compound (cleaved compound) may be for the purpose of titrating the target of that compound.
- a titration experiment of this kind can be used to assess potency of a given compound.
- a single release method a period of light exposure is followed by a subsequent period where readout is taken, and with a continual release method, light exposure continues during some, most, or all of the period where readout is taken.
- the present disclosure can exclude any method, reagent, composition, or system that uses single release, that uses multiple release, or that uses continual release.
- Biochemical activity can take the form of enzymatic activity, activity of a reporter gene, genetic activity (e.g., rate of transcription or translation), binding activity (e.g., antigen to antibody), cellular activity (e.g., change in migration, change in cell-signaling pathway, change in morphology).
- genetic activity e.g., rate of transcription or translation
- binding activity e.g., antigen to antibody
- cellular activity e.g., change in migration, change in cell-signaling pathway, change in morphology
- Activity can be detected by fluorescence, chromogenic activity, luminescence, light microscopy, TaqMang assays, molecular beacons, mass spectrometry, Raman spectroscopy, Localized Surface Plasmon Resonance (LSPR), Surface Plasmon-Coupled Emission (SPCE), Surface-Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS), and so on.
- Detection can be with methods that are totally remote, such as fluorescence detection or light microscopy or, alternatively, by methods that involve taking a sample from the picowell.
- a sample that contains a mixture of reactants and products can be withdrawn for analysis by way of a spherical porous sponge that is partially inserted into one of the picowells.
- assay readouts from a plurality of different compounds are ranked in terms of their ability to activate, inhibit, or in some way to modulate the biochemical activity.
- a new set of DELBs can be created as follows.
- One or more of the highest-ranking compounds can be used as a basis for manufacturing a new set of DELBs, based on one or more of the following non-limiting strategies: (i) Replacing an aliphatic chain with a homolog, such as replacing a propanol side chain with a butanol side chain; (ii) Replacing an aliphatic chain with an isomer, such as replacing a propanol side chain with an isopropanol side chain; (iii) Replacing a peptide bond with an analog of a peptide bond, such as with a bond that cannot be hydrolyzed by peptidases; (iv) Replacing one type of charged group with another type of charged group, such as replacing a phosphate group with a phosphonate, sulfate, sulfonate, or carboxyl group.
- the Second Workflow involves picowells that are sealed with caps.
- the caps can take the form of spheres of slightly greater diameter than the diameter of the picowells, where this diameter is measured at the top rim of the picowell (not measured at the bottom of the picowell).
- the cap can be made to fit snuggly into the top of the picowell by subjecting the entire picowell plate to mild-gravity centrifugation.
- the caps take the form of beads that contain linkers, where each linker is linked to a compound.
- the linkers are cleavable linkers, where cleavage released the compounds and allows them to diffuse to the cells.
- the Second Workflow includes the steps, (1) Generate DELB, (2) Load assay reagents into picowells, (3) Cap picowells with DELB, (4) Release bead-bound compounds from the bead that acts as a cap, (5) Measure assay readout, (6) Determine sequence of the DNA barcode that is on the bead; (7) Rank the assay readout, and (8) Generate a new set of DELBs.
- FIG. 11 describes steps in the organic synthesis of the above exemplary embodiment of a bead-bound release-monitor.
- TentaGel® resin (M30102, 10 ⁇ m NH2, 0.23 mmol/g, 10 mg; MB160230, 160 ⁇ m RAM, 0.46 mmol/g, 2 mg) was weighed into a tube (1.5 mL Eppendorf) and swelled (400 ⁇ L, DMA).
- MoBiCol® spin column (MoBiCol® spin column, Fisher Scientific), solvent removed through filter by vacuum, and pendent Fmoc was deprotected (5% Piperazine with 2% DBU in DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ 10 min at 40° C.).
- the MoBiCol spin column has a 10 micrometer large frit and a luer-lock cap.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- a solution was prepared containing L-Fmoc-Lys(Mtt)-OH (21 ⁇ moles, 6.6 eq.), DIEA (42 ⁇ moles, 13.3 eq.), COMU (21 ⁇ moles, 6.6 eq.) mixed in DMA (350 ⁇ L), incubated (1 min, RT), then added to dry resin inside the fitted spin-column, vortexed, and incubated (15 min, 40° C.) to amidate the free amine. Resin was filtered by vacuum, and this reaction was repeated, once.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- the pendent Fmoc was deprotected (5% Piperazine with 2% DBU in DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ 10 min at 40° C.).
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- a solution was prepared containing QSY7-NHS (4.9 ⁇ moles, 1.55 eq.), Oxyma (9.5 eq, 3.3 eq.), DIC (21 ⁇ moles, 6.6 eq.), TMP (3.5 ⁇ moles, 1.1 eq.) mixed in DMA (350 incubated (1 min, RT), then added to dry resin inside the fitted spin-column, vortexed, and incubated (14 hr, 40° C.) to amidate the free amine.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- a solution was prepared containing Acetic Anhydride (80 ⁇ moles, 25.3 eq.), TMP (80 ⁇ moles, 25.3 eq.), mixed in DMA (400 ⁇ L), mixed then added to dry resin inside the fitted spin-column, vortexed, and incubated (20 min, RT)
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM), and incubated in DCM (1 hr, RT), then filtered over vacuum and dried in vacuum chamber (30 min, 2.5 PSI)
- Mtt deprotection cocktail was prepared containing TFA (96 ⁇ L), Methanol (16 ⁇ L), mixed in DCM (1488 ⁇ L) giving 6:1:93% of TFA:Methanol:DCM solution.
- Mtt deprotection cocktail was added to the fully dried resin (400 ⁇ L), mixed, eluted by filtration over vacuum, then sequential aliquots of Mtt deprotection cocktail (4 ⁇ 400 ⁇ L) were added, mixed, incubated (5 min, RT), and eluted for a combined total incubation time of 20 min at RT.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 1 ⁇ DMA with 2% DIEA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- a solution was prepared containing Fmoc-PCL-OH (32 ⁇ moles, 10 eq.), Oxyma (32 ⁇ moles, 10 eq.), DIC (50 ⁇ moles, 15.8 eq.), TMP (32 ⁇ moles, 10 eq.) mixed in DMA (400 ⁇ L), incubated (1 min, RT), then added to dry resin inside the fitted spin-column, vortexed, and incubated (14 hr, 40° C.) to amidate the free ⁇ -amine.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; lx DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- Step 7 Remove the Fmoc Protecting Group from the Previously Coupled Photocleavable Linker
- the pendent Fmoc was deprotected (5% Piperazine with 2% DBU in DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ 10 min at 40° C.).
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; lx DMA, 400 ⁇ L).
- a solution was prepared containing TAMRA (6 ⁇ moles, 1.9 eq.), TMP (24 ⁇ moles, 7.6 eq.), COMU (16 ⁇ moles, 5 eq.), mixed in DMA (400 ⁇ L), incubated (1 min, RT), then added to dry resin inside the fritted spin-column, vortexed, and incubated with mixing (2 hr, 40° C., 800 RPM) to amidate the free amine.
- Resin was filtered over vacuum, and washed (2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 3 ⁇ DCM, 400 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ DMA, 400 ⁇ L; 2 ⁇ DMSO), then incubated with mixing in DMSO (16 hr, 40° C.).
- Bi-functional linker attached to bead Bi-functional linker was synthesized in solution and attached to an amine-functionalized beads.
- FIG. 11 discloses pathway of organic synthesis, starting with lysine. Lysine-Boc was than connected by TCO linker. The main part of the linker was took the form of polyethylene glycol (PEG) with a nitrogen at one end. Boc was a leaving group in this connecting reaction. The TCA that was used was actually a racemate of hydroxy-TCO. The hydroxyl group of this TCO derivative was connected to a carbon atom located four carbon atoms away from one side of the double bond (this is the same thing as being located three carbon atoms away from the other side of the double bond). As shown in FIG.
- the first product in the multi-step synthesis took the form of Boc-lysine-linker-TCO.
- the hydroxyl group that was once part of hydroxy-TCO is still attached to the TCO group, where it is situated in between the aminated-polyethylene glycol group and the TCO group ( FIG. 11 ).
- the second set in the synthetic pathway involved treatment with HCl and addition of a photocleavable linker (PCL).
- the product of this second step was the same as the product of the first step, except with the Boc group replaced with the photocleavable linker.
- the lysine moiety takes a central position in the product of the second step.
- this lysine moiety has a free carboxyl group, and in the third step of the procedure, an aminated bead is connected to this free hydroxyl group, resulting in the synthesis of a bead-bound reagent, where the reagent takes the form of two branches, and where at the end of one branch is a TCO tag, and where at the end of the other branch is an aromatic ring bearing a cleavable bond.
- a chemical monomer to the distal end of the photocleavable linker, first the Fmoc group is removed, and here the Fmoc group is replaced with a hydrogen atom.
- Fmoc . . . is removed by bases mainly secondary amines, because they are better at capturing the dibenzofulvene generated during the removal” (Isidro-Llobet et al (2009) Chem. Rev. 109:2455-2504).
- Fmoc can be removed by catalytic hydrogenolysis with Pd/BaSO 4 , or by liquid ammonia and morpholine or piperidine.
- Results from cell-based assays of compounds (cereblon-based assay). Reagents and methods for cell-based assay. Applicants used CCL-2 HeLa cells obtained from ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Manasses, Va.). Cell medium was Gibco DMEM high glucose medium buffered with HEPES. Atmosphere above cell culture was atmospheric air supplemented with 5% carbon dioxide, with the incubator at 37 degrees C. Cell medium was DMEM plus 10% fetal bovine serum, supplemented with GlutaMAX® (Gibco Thermofisher), and also supplemented with non-essential amino acids and penicillin plus streptomycin (Gibco Thermofisher, Waltham, Mass.).
- HeLa cells were transfected with a construct taking the form of LTR-CTCF-Promoter-IKZF1 (or IKZF3)-mNeon-P2A-mScar-LTR-CTCF.
- mScarlet is an element used as a positive control.
- mScarlet encodes red fluorescent protein called, “mScarlet” (see, Bindels et al (2017) Nature Methods. 14:53-56).
- the promoter is doxycycline indudicble promoter, which enables rapid onset induction and titration of the substrate.
- P2A is an element situated in between two other polypeptides.
- P2A functions, during translation, to product two separate polypeptides, thus allowing the mScar polypeptide to function as a positive control that produces red light, without being influenced by ubiquitination and degradation of the fusion protein consisting of IKZF1/Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP).
- GFP Green Fluorescent Protein
- mNeonGreen is derived from the lancelet Branchiostoma lanceolatum multimeric yellow fluorescence protein (Allele Biotechnology, San Diego, Calif.).
- P2A is a region that allows self-cleaving at a point in the P2A protein.
- the P2A peptide causes ribosomes to skip the synthesis of the glycyl-prolyl peptide bond at the C-terminus of a 2A peptide, leading to the cleavage between a 2A peptide and its immediate downstream peptide (Kim, Lee, Li, Choi (2011) PLoS ONE. 6:e18556 (8 pages).
- FIGS. 5A-51I disclose results from HeLa cells that were transfected with lentiviral vector, where the vector expressed Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) and a red fluorescent protein (mScarlet). Increasing the concentration of added lenalidomide resulted in progressively less green fluorescence, and elimination of green fluorescence at highest concentrations. But lenalidomide did not substantially decrease red fluorescence.
- Top Expression of IKZF1/GFP fusion protein.
- FIGS. 6A-6H disclose results from HeLa cells that were transfected with lentiviral vector, where the vector expressed Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP) and red fluorescent protein (mScarlet). Increasing concentration of added lenalidomide resulted in progressively less green fluorescence, and elimination of green fluorescence at highest concentrations. But lenalidomide did not substantially decrease red fluorescence.
- lenalidomide causes proteolysis of the fusion proteins
- lenalidomide causes proteolysis of the fusion proteins.
- lenalidomide binds to the cereblon that naturally occurs in these cells. This cereblon occurs in a complex with E3 ubiquitin ligase.
- E3 ubiquitin ligase responds to the lenalidomide by tagging the recombinant IKZF1 fusion protein (or the recombinant IKZF3 fusion protein) with ubiquitin.
- the end-result is that the ubiquitin-tagged fusion protein is degraded in the cell's proteasome.
- the Pluronic 127 coats the ridges that separate the picowells, and the vitronectin is at bottom of picowells. HeLa cells attach to vitronectin and when they attach to the vitronectin, they adhere to the bottom of the picowell.
- HeLa cells were screened for successfully transfected cells by way of flow cytometry. Two criteria were used simultaneously for determining successful transfection. First, lenalidomide was added to cell media 2 days before sorting by flow cytometry. A positive cell was that which was red-plus and green-minus, where red-PLUS meant that the cells were transfected with the gene encoding mScar, and where green-MINUS meant that the lenalidomide had in fact promoted the ubiquitination and degradation of the fusion protein, IKZF1/mNeon (or the fusion protein, IKZF3/mNeon). Regarding doxycycline, doxycycline was used at 3 micromolar in order to induce expression of the lentiviral vector construct.
- a concentration/induction curve with doxycycline is shown by Go and Ho (2002) J. Gene Medicine. 4:258-270).
- the condition was to leave doxycycline out of the medium, and also to use “insulating sequences” in the construct.
- the insulating sequences prevent read-through from promoters outside of the construct. Insulating sequences have been described (see, Anton et al (2005) Cancer Gene Therapy. 12:640-646; Carr et al (2017) PLoS ONE. 12:e0176013). Insulating sequences prevent promoters that are outside of the construct from driving expression of an open reading frame (ORF) that is part of the construct.
- ORF open reading frame
- cells can be transferred to the top surface of a picowell plate, at a given ratio of, [number of cells]/[number of picowells].
- the ratio can be, for example, about 1 cell/40 wells, about 1 cell/20 wells, about 1 cell/10 wells, about 2 cells/10 wells, about 4 cells/10 wells, about 8 cells/10 wells, about 16 cells/10 wells, about 32 cells/10 wells, about 50 cells/10 wells, about 100 cells/10 wells, and so on.
- the cells can be used for assays in picowells as soon as cells attach to the vitronectin that coats the bottom of the picowell.
- lentivirus construct and cell culture This concerns onstructing reporter cell lines for IKZF1/3, culturing them in picowells, and assaying them with bulk lenalidomide.
- the plasmids carrying reporter construct were assembled from parts using Gibson assembly (see maps attached).
- Lentivirus with reporter construct, as well as UbC driven rtTA-M2.2 were made in LentiX HEK293T cells (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) with 3 rd generation packaging system (chimeric CMV promoter and no tat protein).
- the plasmids were transfected via calcium precipitation method.
- Virus supernatant was harvested in the recommended LentiX media plus 1% bovine serum albumin (BSA), and filtered through 0.45 um low protein bind filters (Millipore).
- the host HeLa cells were obtained from ATCC, cultured in standard conditions. Viral supernatant was applied to sub-confluent HeLa culture, after 24 hours changed to LentiX media with Doxicyclin. Two days before clone selection, lenalidomide was added to the culture. Clones were selected via fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS), gated on both AlexaFluor 488 (negative) and Cy3 channels (positive). Clones were grown for 10 days without lenalidomide before assays. The most stable expression level clones are used for screening.
- FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
- Vitronectin coating reagent is removed and reporter cells are seeded at desirable density. From the moment of cell seeding, media stays in the dish throughout the assay. TentaGel® beads carrying the photocleavable compound could be seeded before vitronectin coating, or after cell seeding. PEG polymer beads are loaded on top of the culture in the excess over the well number. Spin the plate at 400rcf for 1 min. Photo-release the compound off the beads using 365 nm LED light source for appropriate amount of time. Incubate in the CO2 incubator until the imaging (readout of the fluorescent reporters).
- FIG. 20 and FIG. 21 disclose the relevant constructs. Each of these figures discloses the sequence that is to be integrated into the HeLa cell genome, and each of the figures discloses the carrier sequence (the sequence belonging to lentivirus). Sequence belonging to lentivirus is from about one o'clock to about nine o'clock, where this sequenced is bracketed by two long terminal repeats (LTRs). Sequence from about nine o'clock to about one o'clock gets integrated into HeLa cell genome.
- LTRs long terminal repeats
- LTRs long terminal repeats
- Sequence from about nine o'clock to about one o'clock gets integrated into HeLa cell genome.
- HEK93T producer cells
- the producer cells produce and then release lentivirus.
- the released lentivirus then infects HeLa cells and integrates nucleic acids into the HeLa cell genome.
- Applicants used EBQ100 Isolated mercury lamp connected to HBO 100 (Carl Zeiss Microscopy, GmbH, Germany), which was connected to an Axiovert 200-M Carl Zeiss microscope with Ludl Electronic Products stage (Ludl Electronic Products, Ltd., Hawthorne, N.Y.). Applicants also used filter cubes with mercury lamp, where filter cubes controlled wavelength of excitation and also controlled wavelength of detecting emission. Images were captured with Basler ACA2440-35UM (Basler AG, 22926, Ahrensburg, Germany). Halogen lamp was used, as an alternative to mercury lamp. Microwell plates, picowell plates, and the like, were held in place with a plate holder and an “XY stage” with controller. XY stages and other precise positioning stages for optics use are available from, Newmark Systems, Inc., Collinso Santa Margarita, Calif.; Aerotech, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa., Physik Instrumente GmBH, 76228 Düsseldorf, Germany.
- Modifying glass to contain an amino group Silica substrates can be modified to contain an amino group, by way of one or more of a number of “functional silanes.” These “functional silanes” are 3-aminopropyl-triethoxysilane (APTES), 3-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (APTMS), N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane (AEAPTES), N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane (AEAPTMS), and N-(6-aminohexyl)aminomethyltriethoxysilane (AHAMTES). Reactions of these reagents with glass can be conducted in a vapor phase or in a solution phase (see, Zhu, Lerum, Chen (2012) Langmuir. 28:416-423).
- results from biochemical assays of compounds (MDM2-based assay). Laboratory methods. The following reagent was applied to a glass slide. The glass slide was modified to have amino groups. The reagent was NHS-PEG-mTET. NHS is N-hydroxy-succinimide. NHS is a type of activated ester. NHS is useful in bioconjugation reactions, such as surface activation of microbeads or of microarray slides (Klykov and Weller (2015) Analytical Methods. 7:6443-6448).
- PEG polyethylene glycol.
- mTET is methyltetrazine. This reagent was mixed with DMSO, and then a volume of 2 microliters was applied to the glass slide. The mixture was made by mixing 10 microliters of 50 mM NHS-PEG-mTET with 30 microliters DMSO. The NHS group reacts with the amino groups of the glass side, where the result is that the mTET group is affixed to the glass slide. The goal of the mTET was to create a covalent link between the slide and the bead.
- TCO and tetrazine can mediate “click chemistry” reactions.
- click chemistry reactions is using antibodies that are functionalized with tetrazine to couple with DNA that is functionalized by TCO.
- antibodies modified with TCO to couple with tetrazine-modified beads (see, van Buggenum et al (2016) Scientific Reports. 6:22675 (DOI:10.1038); Rahim et al (2015) Bioconjug. Chem. 18:352-360; Haun et al (2010) Nature Nanotechnol. 5:660-665).
- the glass slide was prepared by applying a sheet of parafilm to the top of the slide, where the parafilm had an aperture cut out of the middle, where the drop of the above mixture was applied in the aperture directly to the glass slide.
- the glass slide with the parafilm on top was heated at full heat for 90 seconds, in order to create a tight seal between the parafilm and the slide, in order to prevent seepage of liquids after applying the mixture to the open area (the aperture) in the parafilm.
- the glass slide, with the 2 microliter droplet sitting in the aperture cut into the Parafilm was incubated overnight at room temperature. During the incubation, the glass slide was inside a petri dish, where the dish was covered with a glass cover that covered the top and sides of the petri dish. Before the overnight incubation, a square of Parafilm was placed over the drop and over the surrounding Parafilm, in order to prevent water from evaporating from the drop.
- Inventive method to make complex of slide/bead/antibody Applicants' method used beads that were functionalized by TCO.
- the first step is to contact slide and bead, then subsequent addition of antibody will NOT result in covalent attachment of the antibody to the bead.
- the first step is to contact bead with antibody, then subsequent transfer of this mixture to the slide will NOT result in covalent attachment of the bead to the slide.
- the bead and antibody are first mixed together to initiate covalent linking of the bead to the antibody, and then immediately or within a few minutes, this mixture is applied to the slide, where the result is covalent linking of the bead to the slide.
- the assay takes the form of a glass slide with an attached bead.
- the bead contains attached antibodies that are specific for binding to the transcription factor, p53. This antibody can bind to human p53 and also to ubiquitinated human p53. So far, it can be seen that the assay method involves a sandwich between the following reagents:
- the readout from this assay is ubiquitinated-p53, where the ubiquitinated-p53 is detected by a fluorescent antibody that is specific for ubiquitin.
- the antibody is a polyclonal antibody made in the goat, where the antibody is tagged with a fluorophore (AF488).
- FIG. 8 discloses the structure of AF488. This fluorescent antibody binds to ubiquitin.
- Sequencing of bead-bound DNA barcodes was performed, where beads were situated in a picowell, one bead per picowell.
- the assay method involved interrogating each position on the bead-bound DNA barcode, one at a time, by way of transient binding of fluorescent nucleotides.
- Each bead contained about one hundred attomoles of coupled DNA barcode, where coupling was by click-chemistry. This number is equivalent to about sixty million oligonucleotides, coupled per bead.
- the assay involves adding all four fluorescent dNTPs at the same time.
- the four fluorescent dNTPs were AF488-dGTP, CY3-dATP, TexasRed-dUTP, and CY5-dCTP. Fluorescent signals were captured, and then processed by ImageJ software (National Institutes of Health, NIH), to provide a corresponding numerical value. The data are from sequencing five consecutive nucleotides (all in a row) that was part of the bead-bound DNA barcode.
- the bead-bound DNA barcode included a DNA hairpin region. The bases in the DNA hairpin region annealed to itself, resulting in the formation of the hairpin, and where the 3′-terminal nucleotides in this DNA hairpin served as a sequencing primer.
- Sequencing by transient binding was initiated at this 3′-terminus.
- the sequencing assay was performed in triplicate, that is, using three different beads, where one DNA barcode sequence was used for each of the three beads. In other words, each of the three beads was expected to provide a sequencing read-out identical to that provided by the other two beads.
- FIG. 28 discloses sequencing results, where sequencing was conducted on bead-bound DNA barcode. What is shown are results from interrogating the first base, the second base, the third base, the fourth base, and the fifth base. For each of these bases, what is separately shown, by way of separate histogram bars, is the fluorescent emission produced with interrogation with AF488-dGTP, CY3-dATP, TexasRed-dUTP, and CY5-dCTP, respectively. Each of the four histogram bars has different graphics: AF488-dGTP (black outline, gray interior), CY3-dATP (black outline, white interior), TexasRed-dUTP (solid black histogram bar), and CY5-dCTP (solid gray histogram bar).
- the bead diameter was 10-14 micrometers, after swelling in aqueous solution.
- the volume of the picowell was 12 picoliters.
- the template sequence that was interrogated was: 5′-CTCACATCCCATTTTCGCTTTAGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 1).
- the fluorescent dNTPs that gave the biggest fluorescent signal were fluorescent dGTP, dATP, dGTP, dUTP, and dGTP, which corresponds to a sequence on the template that is dC, dT, dC, dA, and dC.
- the sequencing results were 100% accurate.
- the results demonstrate that the bead-bound DNA barcodes can be sequenced, that is, when the DNA barcode is still bound to the bead. In other words, the bead-bound DNA barcodes are sequencable.
- FIG. 36 and FIG. 37 illustrate steps for procedures where the transcriptome is captured and amplified, in preparation for future sequencing.
- FIG. 36 shows lysis of cells to release mRNAs, followed by reverse transcription.
- FIG. 37 shows capture of mRNAs by way of immobilized poly(dT), followed by reverse transcription, and finally sequencing. Sequencing can be with Next Generation Sequencing (NGS).
- NGS Next Generation Sequencing
- mRNA molecules from a given cell can be tagged with a common barcode, where this tagging allows the researchers to determine, for any given mRNA sequence, the origin of that coding sequence in terms of a given cell.
- mRNA messenger RNA
- the nucleic acids representing each of the separate transcriptomes from one hundred different single cells are mixed together, and where the nucleic acids from each of the 100 different single cell has its own barcode, then the following advantage will result.
- the advantage is that nucleic acids from all of the transcriptomes can be mixed together in one test tube, and then subjected to Next Generation Sequencing, where the barcode enables the user to identify which information is from the same cell.
- mRNA barcoding In using mRNA barcoding, a given single cell is processed so that information from some or most of the mRNA molecules from that cell are converted to corresponding molecules of cDNA, where each of these cDNA molecules possesses exactly the same DNA barcode. This barcoding procedure can be repeated with ten, twenty, 100, several hundred, or over 1,000 different cells, where the cDNA molecules from each of these cells is distinguished by having a unique, cell-specific barcode.
- This method enables the researcher to conduct DNA sequencing, all in one sequencing run, from a pool of all of the barcoded cDNA molecules from all of the cells (all barcoded cDNA molecules mixed together, prior to sequencing) (see, Avital, Hashimshony, Yanai (2014) Genome Biology. 15:110).
- Barcodes that tag nucleic acids compared with barcodes that tag the plasma membrane are available for preparing libraries of chemicals, where each chemical, or where all members of each class of chemicals, is associated with a unique DNA barcode (see, Brenner and Lerner (1992) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. 89:5381-5383; Bose, Wan, Carr (2015) Genome Biology. 16:120. DOI 10.1186).
- Brenner and Lerner (1992) Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. 89:5381-5383; Bose, Wan, Carr (2015) Genome Biology. 16:120. DOI 10.1186 With the above barcoding example in mind, the following provides another type of barcoding which can also be applied to a particular, single cell.
- the present disclosure provides cell-associated barcoding that takes the form of a tag that is stably attached to the cell's plasma membrane.
- a barcode used for tagging the plasma membrane of given cell can include a first barcode that identifies the type of cell, and a second barcode that identifies a perturbant that was exposed to the cell.
- the first barcode can identify the cell as originating from a healthy human subject, Human Subject No. 38 from Clinical Study No. 7, a human primary colorectal cancer cell line, a five-times passaged human primary colorectal cancer cell line, a multiple myeloma human subject with multiple myeloma, a treatment-naive Human Subject No. 23 with multiple myeloma, or from a treatment-experienced Human Subject No. 32 with multiple myeloma.
- the barcode can identify a “perturbant” that was given to that particular single cell (given either before or after barcoding).
- the “perturbant” can be an anti-cancer drug, a combination of anti-cancer drugs, a combinatorially generated compound, or a combination of an antibody drug and a small molecule drug.
- the barcoding can be used to keep track of a given single cell, and can be used to correlate that cell with subsequent behaviors such as activation or inhibition with one or more cell-signaling pathways, increased or decreased migration, apoptosis, necrosis, change in expression of one or more CD proteins (CD; cluster of differentiation), change in expression of one or more oncogenes, change in expression of one or more microRNAs (miRNAs).
- Expression can be in terms of, transcription rate, level of a given polypeptide in the cell, change in location of a given protein from cytosolic to membrane-bound, and so on.
- Tagging cell-surface oligosaccharides of membrane-bound glycoproteins Methods and reagents are available for connecting tags, such as DNA barcodes, to the plasma membrane of a living cell. Tagging can be accomplished with a reagent consisting of a covalent complex of a DNA barcode with a reactive moiety that attacks and covalently binds to oligosaccharide chains of membrane-bound glycoproteins.
- a reagent consisting of a covalent complex of a DNA barcode with a reactive moiety that attacks and covalently binds to oligosaccharide chains of membrane-bound glycoproteins.
- hydrazide biocytin can be used to connect biotin to carbohydrates on membrane-bound glycoproteins.
- the present disclosure uses this reagent, except with the biotin replaced with a DNA barcode.
- the carbohydrate needs to be oxidized to form aldehydes.
- the hydrazide reacts with the aldehyde to form a hydrazine link.
- the sialic acid component on the oligosaccharides is easily oxidized with 1 mM Na meta-periodate (NaIO4).
- NaIO4 Na meta-periodate
- buffers with a primary amine group should be avoided. See, for example, “Instructions. EZ-LinkHydrazide Biocytin. Number 28020. ThermoScientific (2016) (4 pages), Bayer (1988) Analyt. Biochem. 170:271-281; Reisfeld (1987) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 142:519-526, Wollscheid, Bibel, Watts (2009) Nature Biotechnol. 27:378-386.
- Another method for tagging the oligosaccharide moiety of glycoproteins on living cells is to use periodate oxidation and aniline-catalyzed oxime ligation.
- This method uses mild periodate oxidation of sialic acids and then ligation with an aminoxy tag in the presence of aniline.
- galactose oxidase can be used to introduce aldehydes into terminal galactose residues and terminal N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc) residues of oligosaccharides.
- GalNAc N-acetylgalactosamine
- Tagging mediated by an antibody bound to the cell surface.
- the present disclosure provides methods and reagents for attaching barcodes to the plasma membrane of a cell, where attachment is mediated by an antibody that specifically binds to a membrane-bound protein.
- the antibody can be covalently modified with trans-cyclooctene (TCO) where this modification can be conducted with an overnight incubation at 4 degrees C. (see, Supporting Information (5 pages) for Devaraj, Haun, Weissleder (2009) Angew. Chem. Intl. 48:7013-7016).
- TCO trans-cyclooctene
- This covalent modification of antibody can be carried out with the reagent, trans-cyclooctene succinimidyl carbonate (Devaraj, Haun, Weissleder (2009) Angew.
- the antibody-tetrazine complex can then be contacted with a cell, resulting in membrane-bound antibodies.
- the membrane-bound antibodies each bear a tetrazine moiety, which enables tagging of the antibody via click chemistry, such as, by exposing the antibodies to a DNA barcode-tetrazine complex.
- Tetrazine can be introduced at free amino groups of the antibody, using the reagent, N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (NETS) (see, van Buggenum, Gerlach, Mulder (2016) Scientific Reports. 6:22675).
- the antibody can be further modified by attaching a DNA barcode, by way of a reagent that is TCO-DNA barcode. With this modified antibody in hand, the antibody can then be used for a tagging living cell, where the antibody binds to a membrane-bound protein of the cell.
- a complex of tetrazine-DNA barcode can be prepared. This complex can then be introduced into a cell medium, where the medium includes cells, and where the cells bear the attached antibody-TCO complex. Where the tetrazine-DNA barcode contacts the membrane-bound antibody-TCO complex, the result is a click chemistry reaction where the cells become tagged with the DNA barcode. This click chemistry reaction can be carried out for 30 minutes at 37 degrees C.
- Preferred antibodies for use in the above procedure are those that bind tightly and specifically to membrane-bound proteins of the plasma membrane, where the membrane-bound protein occurs in high abundance, for example, at over 50,000 copies per cell membrane, and where the membrane-bound protein is stable on the cell surface and does not much recycle into the cell's interior, and where the membrane-bound membrane does not much shed into the culture medium.
- Each picowell was capped with a sphere, one sphere to each picowell, where the sphere fits into the aperture (top opening) of the picowell.
- the spheres are put into growth media and suspended, then applied to the top surface of the picowell plate, and the sphere allowed to settle. Then, the entire plate is placed in a centrifuge and spun at a low-gravity, in order to get a firm sitting of the spheres in the aperture of each picowell.
- FIG. 18A shows an active cap inserted into the top of a picowell
- FIG. 18B shows a passive cap inserted into the top of a picowell.
- the caps are made of material that is softer than the material used to make the picowell plate, where the result is slight deformation of the cap when it is pressed into the aperture of the picowell, and where the result is a snug fit that prevents leakage.
- the present disclosure provides one or more of active caps, passive caps, or both active caps and passive caps. Each cap may be free-standing and not connected to any other cap.
- caps may be connected together, for example, by way of a sheet of polymer that is capable of being layed upon the top surface of the plate, and where a plurality of caps protrude from the bottom of the sheet of polymer, and where the protruding caps are predeterminedly spaced in order to fit into each picowell.
- An active cap may be used instead of a bead that is capable of sitting on the floor of a microwell.
- the active cap contains many attached copies of substantially identical compounds, where each compound is attached to the active cap (shown here in the sample of a spherical bead), and where cleavage results in release of the compounds into the solution that resides in the microwell ( FIG. 18A ).
- the passive cap is porous and it acts like a sponge. It absorbs products from biochemical reactions, and thus facilitates collection of products where the goal of the user is to determine the influence of a given compound on living, biological cells that are cultures in the picowell.
- the compound stimulates the cells to respond, where the response takes the form of increased (or decreased) expression of one or more metabolites, and where some of the metabolites diffuse towards the passive cap and are absorbed by the passive cap.
- the user can then collect the passive caps and analyze the metabolites that had absorbed to the passive cap ( FIG. 18B ).
- FIGS. 19A-19D illustrate a polymer mat that is capable of adhering to each cap in an array of porous caps. Once adhered, the polymer mat can be peeled away and removed, bringing with it each porous cap in the array. As a result, the polymer mat with the porous caps can be used for assays that measure metabolites or other chemicals that are associated with the porous cap.
- each well in an array of many thousands of picowells can contain one bead, where each bead contains one type of compound, where the compound is attached via a cleavable linker.
- the picowell also contains a solution as well as cultured cells.
- the picowell is sealed with a porous cap, and where the porous cap contacts the solution and is able to capture (sample; absorb; absorb) metabolites that are released from the cultured cells.
- the metabolites can be metabolites of the compound, or the metabolites can take the form of cytokines, interleukins, products of intermediary metabolism, microRNA molecules, exosomes, and so on.
- a polyacrylamide gel is used to crosslink the capping beads into the enmeshing layer or the mat.
- the protocol to create an 20% solution of polyacrylamide solution that can be poured over the picowell array to cure and enmesh the capping bead is as follows. Add 4 ml of a 40% bis-acrylamide solution and 2 ml of 1.5 M Tris pH 8.8 to 1.8 ml distilled deionized water.
- This comparison may be made without regard to the volume of the fluid in the well, and without regard to the volume of any fluid situated on top of the plate and outside of the cap, and here, the comparison may simply take into account the entire visual field that is captured by the light detector. Alternatively, the comparison may be made with correction of the depth of the fluid (depth of picowell; depth of fluid on top of the picowell plate). Also alternatively, the comparison may take into account diffusion of any leaking fluorophore over the entire surface of the picowell plate.
- a microscopic bead is provided.
- the microscopic bead can be covalently modified by a plurality of first linkers, each capable of coupling by way of solid-phase synthesis with monomers, where completion of the solid-phase synthesis creates a member of a chemical library. This member of the chemical library is bead-bound.
- the same microscopic bead can be covalently modified by a plurality of second linkers, each capable of being coupled with a plurality of DNA barcodes. This member of the DNA barcode is bead-bound.
- DNA barcode that correlates a DNA sequence with a chemical library member.
- This DNA barcode may be called a “legend” or a “key.”
- the DNA barcode also provides nucleic acids that can identify a specific class of chemical compounds, such as analogs of a specific FDA-approved anti-cancer drugs, or that can identify the user's name, or that can identify a specific disease that is to be tested with the bead-bound chemical library.
- FIGS. 13, 14, and 15 disclose the conversion of lenalidomide to three different derivatives, each derivative bearing a carboxylic acid group.
- Each of these carboxylic acid groups can subsequently be used to condensed with the bead-linker complex. In this situation, where the carboxylic acid group is condensed to the bead-linker complex, it is attached at the position that was previously occupied by Fmoc.
- FIG. 13 discloses starting with lenalidomide.
- Lenalidomide has a primary amine.
- succinic anhydride in 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMA) and acetonitrile (ACN).
- DMA 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- ACN acetonitrile
- the succinic anhydride condenses with the primary amino group, resulting in lenalidomide bearing a carboxylic acid group.
- the term “cat.” in the figure means, catalytic.
- FIG. 14 discloses starting with linalidomide and adding t-butyl-bromoacetate, to give an intermediate.
- the intermediate is then treated with FmocOSu (o-succinimide), to produce a final product that is a carboxylic acid derivative of lenalidomide.
- FmocOSu o-succinimide
- the carboxylic acid moiety can then be condensed with a free amino group, for example, with the free amino group that once had an attached Fmoc group.
- the carboxylic acid can be condensed with the free amino group of a chemical monomer residing on the bead, where the result of the condensation is two chemical monomers attached to each other.
- FIG. 15 discloses lenalidomide as the starting material.
- the lenalidomide is reacted with 3-carboxybenzaldehyde, where the aldehyde group condenses with the amino group, resulting in yet another type of carboxylic acid derivative of lenalidoimide.
- FIG. 16A , FIG. 16B , and FIG. 16C discloses yet another approach of Applicants for generating a library of novel and unique bead-bound compounds, where compounds can be released from the bead, and then tested for activity in cell-based assays or in cell-free assays.
- Each of the three compounds is a lenalidomide analogue, where the primary amine is in a unique position of the benzene ring.
- the present disclosure provides reagents, systems, and methods for assessing response of a cell to a compound, and where response that is measured takes the form of changes in the transcriptome.
- “Changes in the transcriptome” can refer, wtihout implying any limitation, to change in amount each and every type of unique mRNA in the cell, and well as to change in amount of a pre-determined set of mRNA molecules in the cell.
- “Changes in transcriptome” includes change from below the lower limit of detection to becoming detectable, as well as change from being detectable to dropping below the lower limit of detection, where these changes are associated with release of the bead-bound compound.
- Cells can be lysed by adding detergent or surfactant to the picowell array.
- a volume of buffer containing detergent can be pipetted into a microwell that contains, within it, many thousands of picowells.
- the detergent can be allowed to diffuse into all of the picowells, causing lysis of the cells within, release of mRNA, and finally binding by the bead-bound “capture response element.”
- Cell lysis Cells can be lysed by one or more cycles of freezing and thawing (Bose, Wan, Carr (2015) Genome Biology. 16:120. DOI 10.1186). Cells can also be lysed with perfluoro-1-octanol with shaking (Macosko, Basu, Satija (2015) Cell. 161:1202-1214; Ziegenhain (2017) Molecular Cell. 65:631-643; Eastburn, Sciambi, Abate (2014) Nucleic Acids Res. 42:e128). Also, cells can be lysed by a combination of a surfactant (Tween-20®) and a protease (Eastburn, Sciambi, Abate (2013) Anal. Chem. 85:8016-8021).
- a surfactant Teween-20®
- protease Eastburn, Sciambi, Abate (2013) Anal. Chem. 85:8016-8021.
- Lysis of cells results in release of mRNA.
- the mRNA is captured by the bead that resides in the same picowell as the lysed cell (or cells).
- the bead contains a huge number of bead-bound polynucleotides, where each polynucleotide contains two nucleic acid, where the first nucleic acid contains a common DNA barcode and the second nucleic acid contains a “response capture element.”
- the “response capture element” can take the form of poly(dT). This poly(dT) binds to the poly(A) tail of the mRNA molecules.
- Cell lysis can be effected by exposure to detergent with a sodium salt, for example, 0.05% Triton X-100 with 15 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaCl, 50 mM NaCl, 75 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl, 0.1% Triton X-100 with 15 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaCl, 50 mM NaCl, 75 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl, 0.2% Triton X-100 with 15 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaCl, 50 mM NaCl, 75 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl, or 0.5% Triton X-100 with 15 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaCl, 50 mM NaCl, 75 mM NaCl, 100 mM NaCl, or with detergent with a potassium salt, such as, 0.05% Triton X-100 with 15 mM NaCl,
- a bead-bound capture element can take the form of one or more deoxyribonucleotides that can specifically hybridize to one or more mRNA molecules of interest, where the one or more mRNA molecules are associated with a specific disease.
- Expression profiles for various diseases are available, for example, for colon cancer (Llarena (2009) J. Clin. Oncol. 25:155 (e22182), ovarian cancer (Spentzos (2005) J. Clin. Oncol. 23:7911-7918), and lung adenocarcinoma (Takeuchi (2006) J. Clin. Oncol. 11:1679-1688).
- the bead-bound polynucleotide serves as a primer that supports reverse transcription from the mRNA, resulting in a bead-bound complementary DNA (cDNA), and where this bead-bound cDNA can be sequenced.
- the bead-bound cDNA can be released from the bead, where the bead-bound “response caputure element” is coupled to the bead with a cleavable linker, such as with a photocleavable linker. If a photocleavable linker is used, cleaving conditions for releasing bead-bound compounds (compounds made from a chemical monomer library) but not also cleave the bead-bound “response capture element.”
- cells can be screened for a genetic response, for example, by characterizing any changes in the transcriptome with or without exposure to the compound. Also, cells can be screened for a phenotypic response, for example, apoptosis, change in activity of one or more cell-signaling proteins, or change in cell-surface expression of one or more CD proteins.
- CD is Cluster of Differentiation (See, Lal (2009) Mol. Cell Proteomics. 8:799-804; Belov (2001) Cancer Res. 61:4483-4489; IUIS/WHO Subcommittee on CD Nomenclature (1994) Bull.World Health Org. 72:807-808; IUIS-WHO Nobenclature Subcommittee (1984) Bull.World Health Org. 62:809-811). For some phenotypic response assays, the cells must not be lysed.
- the present disclosure addresses the unmet need to partition different drugs to different cells, for example, by exposing a single cell to one type of drug where exposure occurs in a picowell.
- the present disclosure also eliminates the need to prepare barcoded mRNA, where mRNA is released from a cell followed by preparing cDNA (in this type of barcode, all mRNA from a given cell receives the same barcode, when the transcriptosome is coverted to corresponding library of cDNA).
- Parameters during cell incubation with the perturbant For any given compound or some other type of perturbant, parameters that can be varied or controlled light, temperature, pH of cell medium, sound, concentration and exposure time to a reagent (reagent can be the compound released from the bead, an enzyme substrate, a cytokine, a compound that is already an established drug, a salt), mechanic agitation, an antibody against a cell-surface protein, and so on.
- reagent can be the compound released from the bead, an enzyme substrate, a cytokine, a compound that is already an established drug, a salt
- mechanic agitation an antibody against a cell-surface protein
- Cells can be incubated with a bead-bound compound or with the compound following cleavage from a bead-bound cleavable linker. During or after incubation, cells can be barcoded with a membrane-bound barcode that identifies the purturbant. This membrane-bound barcode can be coupled to oligosaccharides of the cell membrane, polypeptides of the cell membrane, or phospholipids of the cell membrane.
- RNA exome capture is an overnight capture reaction (RNA-DNA hybridization) using exon-targeting RNA probes” (Cieslik (2015) Genome Res. 25:1372-1381).
- MicroRNA The present disclosure can assess the influence of a released bead-bound compound on expression profile of miRNAs in a given cell or, alternatively, on expression profiles of the population of mRNAs that are specifically bound by a given species of miRNA (Jain, Ghosh, Barh (2015) Scientific Reports. 5:12832).
- the present disclosure provides a bead that contains: (1) Bead-bound compound; (2) Bead-bound DNA barcode; and (3) Bead-bound response capture element, where the response capture element either captures miRNA or where the response capture element includes a species of miRNA (as part of the response capture element).
- Expression profiles for microRNA have been found for various types of cancer, for example, breast cancer breast cancer (Tanja (2009) J. Clin. Oncol. 27:15 Suppl. 538).
- Methods are available for capturing selected populations of mRNA from the entire transcriptome. Selectivity can be conferred by using one type of microRNA, such as miR-34a, as a bridging compound in a “pull-down” assay.
- miR-34a a type of microRNA
- the transcripts pulled down with miR-34a were . . . enriched for their roles in growth factor signaling and cell cycle progression” (Lal, Thomas, Lieberman (2011) PLOS Genetics. 7:e1002363).
- the mRNA molecules that are captured are those that bind to the miR-34A.
- the present invention is not to be limited by compositions, reagents, methods, systems, diagnostics, laboratory data, and the like, of the present disclosure. Also, the present invention is to not be limited by any preferred embodiments that are disclosed herein.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Clinical Laboratory Science (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/139,831 US20190210018A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2018-09-24 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/534,886 US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/870,809 US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-08 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US17/200,538 US20220025358A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-03-12 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201762562912P | 2017-09-25 | 2017-09-25 | |
US201762562905P | 2017-09-25 | 2017-09-25 | |
US16/139,831 US20190210018A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2018-09-24 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Related Child Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/534,886 Continuation US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/870,809 Continuation US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-08 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/870,809 Division US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-08 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20190210018A1 true US20190210018A1 (en) | 2019-07-11 |
Family
ID=65807199
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/139,831 Abandoned US20190210018A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2018-09-24 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/140,494 Active 2039-08-31 US11084037B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2018-09-24 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/534,886 Active US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/534,922 Active US10946383B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/870,809 Active US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-08 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US17/200,538 Pending US20220025358A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-03-12 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US17/236,283 Active 2038-10-11 US11577249B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-04-21 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US18/151,343 Active US12030057B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2023-01-06 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Family Applications After (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/140,494 Active 2039-08-31 US11084037B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2018-09-24 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/534,886 Active US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/534,922 Active US10946383B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-08-07 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US16/870,809 Active US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-08 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US17/200,538 Pending US20220025358A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-03-12 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US17/236,283 Active 2038-10-11 US11577249B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-04-21 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US18/151,343 Active US12030057B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2023-01-06 | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Country Status (8)
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-11-10 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
WO2021072306A1 (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2021-04-15 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
US11513076B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2022-11-29 | Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München | Single molecule detection or quantification using DNA nanotechnology |
EP4323100A4 (en) * | 2021-04-16 | 2025-03-12 | Plexium, Inc. | Assay devices for combinatorial libraries |
Families Citing this family (32)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10258590B2 (en) | 2015-10-14 | 2019-04-16 | Alcresta Therapeutics, Inc. | Enteral feeding device and related methods of use |
WO2019217758A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for molecular library generation |
GB201817321D0 (en) * | 2018-10-24 | 2018-12-05 | Nanna Therapeutics Ltd | Microbeads for tagless encoded chemical library screening |
CN110331447B (zh) * | 2019-07-08 | 2022-05-27 | 上海药明康德新药开发有限公司 | DNA编码化合物库构建中制备On-DNA芳基炔烃化合物的方法 |
CN110359097B (zh) * | 2019-07-08 | 2022-09-20 | 上海药明康德新药开发有限公司 | DNA编码化合物库构建中通过Suzuki偶联反应得到On-DNA芳烃化合物的方法 |
US20220403374A1 (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2022-12-22 | Flexomics, Llc | Optically readable barcodes and systems and methods for characterizing molecular interactions |
AU2020395133A1 (en) * | 2019-12-06 | 2022-05-26 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Sample processing barcoded bead composition, method, manufacturing, and system |
JP2023511279A (ja) | 2020-01-13 | 2023-03-17 | フルーエント バイオサイエンシーズ インコーポレイテッド | 単一細胞シーケンシング |
US11305288B2 (en) | 2020-01-28 | 2022-04-19 | Plexium, Inc. | Assay devices for combinatorial libraries |
US11040343B1 (en) | 2020-01-28 | 2021-06-22 | Plexium, Inc. | Caps for assay devices |
US11027272B1 (en) * | 2020-01-28 | 2021-06-08 | Plexium, Inc. | Transfer dispensers for assay devices |
EP4121016A4 (en) | 2020-03-16 | 2024-09-11 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | MULTI-OMICS ANALYSIS IN MONODISPERSED DROPLETS |
EP4159766A4 (en) * | 2020-05-25 | 2024-06-19 | Nissan Chemical Corporation | FISSIBLE DNA-ENCODED LIBRARY |
WO2022008641A1 (en) * | 2020-07-08 | 2022-01-13 | Roche Sequencing Solutions, Inc. | Split-pool synthesis apparatus and methods of performing split-pool synthesis |
US12241059B2 (en) | 2020-07-15 | 2025-03-04 | Illumina, Inc. | Tiered ligation oligos |
WO2022051369A1 (en) * | 2020-09-01 | 2022-03-10 | Replay Holdings, Llc | Methods and systems for nucleic acid synthesis |
EP4323566A4 (en) * | 2021-04-16 | 2024-12-18 | Plexium, Inc. | Caps for assay devices |
CN113403690B (zh) * | 2021-06-21 | 2022-07-19 | 吉林大学 | 一种dna编码化合物库药物分子垂钓方法 |
EP4359557A4 (en) * | 2021-06-24 | 2025-05-21 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for combinatorial indexing of nucleic acids based on beads |
US20230018158A1 (en) * | 2021-07-15 | 2023-01-19 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | Pre-templated instant partitioning of dna-encoded libraries |
CN113549676B (zh) * | 2021-08-24 | 2022-12-27 | 重庆范德瓦尔斯生物科技有限公司 | 一种基于磁珠的RNA pull down新方法 |
JPWO2023048300A1 (enrdf_load_stackoverflow) * | 2021-09-27 | 2023-03-30 | ||
US20250215615A1 (en) * | 2021-11-24 | 2025-07-03 | Nissan Chemical Corporation | Method for evaluating dna-encoded library |
WO2023108090A2 (en) * | 2021-12-09 | 2023-06-15 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Incorporated | Platform using dna-encoded small molecule libraries and rna selection to design small molecules that target rna |
US20250197937A1 (en) * | 2022-03-13 | 2025-06-19 | Eleven Therapeutics Ltd | System and method for high throughput evaluation of chemical modifications of nucleic acid molecules |
WO2025159785A1 (en) * | 2024-01-23 | 2025-07-31 | Zafrens Inc. | Perturbation beads for use in assays |
CN115058492A (zh) * | 2022-07-07 | 2022-09-16 | 东南大学 | 一种基于均分组合编码微球的空间转录组测序文库构建方法 |
WO2024091949A1 (en) * | 2022-10-24 | 2024-05-02 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for encoded effector screening |
US20250207122A1 (en) * | 2022-12-29 | 2025-06-26 | Illumina, Inc. | Generation of a large library of barcoded beads using combinatorial split-pool strategy and chemical ligation |
WO2024196941A1 (en) * | 2023-03-20 | 2024-09-26 | Fluid Discovery | Core-shell gel particles for separating and analyzing rna and dna from a cell |
WO2025014746A1 (en) * | 2023-07-07 | 2025-01-16 | California Institute Of Technology | Molecular detection using barcode probes or barcode fusion probes and hybridization chain reaction |
WO2025085861A1 (en) * | 2023-10-20 | 2025-04-24 | Spectral Therapeutics, Inc. | Composite particles for use in generating spectrally encoded libraries of chemical compounds, and methods of making and using the same |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014200767A1 (en) * | 2013-06-12 | 2014-12-18 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods, kits, and systems for multiplexed detection of target molecules and uses thereof |
US20160060687A1 (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2016-03-03 | Cdi Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions to identify, quantify, and characterize target analytes and binding moieties |
Family Cites Families (41)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5573905A (en) * | 1992-03-30 | 1996-11-12 | The Scripps Research Institute | Encoded combinatorial chemical libraries |
CN1154640C (zh) | 1993-10-01 | 2004-06-23 | 纽约市哥伦比亚大学理事 | 用标示物编码的多元组合化学库 |
BR9407947A (pt) * | 1993-11-02 | 1996-11-26 | Affymax Tech Nv | Processo para sintetizar moléculas diversas em uma pluralidade de substratos e uma coleçao molecular etiquetade para realizaçao reaçoes de copulaçao em contas em paralelo para triar uma coleçao molecular etiquetada para detectar a presença de um ou mais diferentes etiquetas e para determinar a sequência de síntese aparelho para reaçoes de copulaçao paralelas em suportes sólidos bloco de alinhamento ótico para uso com um detector ótico sistemas de distribuiçao para distribuir reagentes dispositiv |
EP1967592B1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2010-04-28 | Solexa, Inc. | Method of improving the efficiency of polynucleotide sequencing |
US5958703A (en) * | 1996-12-03 | 1999-09-28 | Glaxo Group Limited | Use of modified tethers in screening compound libraries |
ATE256142T1 (de) * | 1998-05-15 | 2003-12-15 | Isis Innovation | Bibliotheken von unterschiedlich markierten oligomeren |
DE10050085C1 (de) * | 2000-10-10 | 2001-10-31 | Jochem Koetting | Verschlußelement und Verschlußsystem für Behältnisse und Gefäße |
WO2003066907A1 (en) | 2002-02-05 | 2003-08-14 | Genome Therapeutics Corporation | Seal for microtiter plate and methods of use thereof |
SE526038C2 (sv) | 2002-07-08 | 2005-06-21 | Gambro Lundia Ab | Polymeraffinitetsmatris, förfarande för framställning därav och anvädning därav |
WO2009063462A2 (en) | 2007-11-15 | 2009-05-22 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Pico liter well holding device and method of making the same |
US8597597B2 (en) * | 2003-06-26 | 2013-12-03 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Picoliter well holding device and method of making the same |
CN101189345A (zh) * | 2005-02-01 | 2008-05-28 | Ab先进基因分析公司 | 珠基测序的试剂、方法和文库 |
US20070065844A1 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2007-03-22 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Solution-based methods for RNA expression profiling |
DE102006028101B4 (de) * | 2006-06-19 | 2014-02-13 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Verfahren zur Analyse von amplifizierten Nukleinsäuren |
CN100417730C (zh) * | 2006-10-10 | 2008-09-10 | 东南大学 | 基于引物延伸的dna测序方法 |
CA2720587A1 (en) | 2008-04-09 | 2009-10-15 | Francis Barany | Coferons and methods of making and using them |
US8741558B2 (en) | 2009-02-04 | 2014-06-03 | Wake Forest University | Compositions, methods, and kits for identifying candidate molecules from encoded chemical libraries |
US9347092B2 (en) * | 2009-02-25 | 2016-05-24 | Roche Molecular System, Inc. | Solid support for high-throughput nucleic acid analysis |
SG174617A1 (en) * | 2009-04-02 | 2011-10-28 | Fluidigm Corp | Multi-primer amplification method for barcoding of target nucleic acids |
US20100311144A1 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2010-12-09 | Life Technologies Corporation | Mutant dna polymerases |
US9902950B2 (en) * | 2010-10-08 | 2018-02-27 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | High-throughput single cell barcoding |
CN102485979B (zh) * | 2010-12-02 | 2014-02-19 | 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 | Ffpe样品核酸文库,其构建方法和ffpe样品分析方法 |
US20130344473A1 (en) | 2011-03-09 | 2013-12-26 | Seng Enterprises Ltd. | Arresting objects |
CN112592960B (zh) * | 2011-05-20 | 2024-08-27 | 富鲁达公司 | 核酸编码反应 |
US20140378345A1 (en) * | 2012-08-14 | 2014-12-25 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US10436778B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-08 | Plexbio Co., Ltd. | Methods and systems for multiplex assays |
DE202013003390U1 (de) | 2013-04-11 | 2014-07-14 | Brand Gmbh + Co Kg | Pipettiervorrichtung mit einer Mikrodosiereinheit |
BR112015032512A8 (pt) * | 2013-06-27 | 2020-01-07 | 10X Genomics Inc | método de implementação de código de barras de materiais de amostra |
KR102207770B1 (ko) * | 2013-08-05 | 2021-01-26 | 트위스트 바이오사이언스 코포레이션 | 드 노보 합성된 유전자 라이브러리 |
EP2921556A1 (en) * | 2014-03-21 | 2015-09-23 | Lexogen GmbH | Copy number preserving RNA analysis method |
WO2016040476A1 (en) * | 2014-09-09 | 2016-03-17 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | A droplet-based method and apparatus for composite single-cell nucleic acid analysis |
WO2016138184A1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2016-09-01 | City Of Hope | Chemically encoded spatially addressed library screening platforms |
ES2934982T3 (es) * | 2015-03-30 | 2023-02-28 | Becton Dickinson Co | Métodos para la codificación con códigos de barras combinatorios |
KR102333255B1 (ko) * | 2015-05-11 | 2021-12-01 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | 치료제의 발견 및 분석을 위한 플랫폼 |
WO2017048975A1 (en) | 2015-09-17 | 2017-03-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Droplet-trapping devices for bioassays and diagnostics |
WO2017075294A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | The Board Institute Inc. | Assays for massively combinatorial perturbation profiling and cellular circuit reconstruction |
KR102650753B1 (ko) * | 2016-10-01 | 2024-03-26 | 버클리 라잇츠, 인크. | 미세유체 장치에서 인 시츄 식별을 위한 dna 바코드 조성물 및 방법 |
AU2017357638B2 (en) * | 2016-11-08 | 2023-11-16 | Nanna Therapeutics Limited | Tagless encoded chemical library |
WO2018089641A2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2018-05-17 | The Scripps Research Institute | Encode solid phase compound library with polynucleotide based barcoding |
US20190210018A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-07-11 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US11584956B2 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2023-02-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Selectively controllable cleavable linkers |
-
2018
- 2018-09-24 US US16/139,831 patent/US20190210018A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-09-24 WO PCT/US2018/052497 patent/WO2019060857A1/en unknown
- 2018-09-24 KR KR1020207012104A patent/KR102671480B1/ko active Active
- 2018-09-24 CA CA3076747A patent/CA3076747A1/en active Pending
- 2018-09-24 CN CN201880072082.7A patent/CN111971124B/zh active Active
- 2018-09-24 JP JP2020538759A patent/JP7361700B2/ja active Active
- 2018-09-24 EP EP18859564.9A patent/EP3687687A4/en active Pending
- 2018-09-24 CN CN202210926208.0A patent/CN115506034A/zh active Pending
- 2018-09-24 WO PCT/US2018/052438 patent/WO2019060830A1/en active Application Filing
- 2018-09-24 US US16/140,494 patent/US11084037B2/en active Active
- 2018-09-24 KR KR1020247017956A patent/KR20240091184A/ko active Pending
-
2019
- 2019-08-07 US US16/534,886 patent/US10828643B2/en active Active
- 2019-08-07 US US16/534,922 patent/US10946383B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-03-23 IL IL273511A patent/IL273511A/en unknown
- 2020-05-08 US US16/870,809 patent/US10981170B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-03-12 US US17/200,538 patent/US20220025358A1/en active Pending
- 2021-04-21 US US17/236,283 patent/US11577249B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-01-06 US US18/151,343 patent/US12030057B2/en active Active
- 2023-10-03 JP JP2023171925A patent/JP2024001119A/ja active Pending
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2014200767A1 (en) * | 2013-06-12 | 2014-12-18 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods, kits, and systems for multiplexed detection of target molecules and uses thereof |
US20160060687A1 (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2016-03-03 | Cdi Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions to identify, quantify, and characterize target analytes and binding moieties |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11513076B2 (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2022-11-29 | Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München | Single molecule detection or quantification using DNA nanotechnology |
US10828643B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2020-11-10 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US10946383B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-03-16 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US12030057B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2024-07-09 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US10981170B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-04-20 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US11084037B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2021-08-10 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US11577249B2 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2023-02-14 | Plexium, Inc. | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
US11351544B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2022-06-07 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
US11351543B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2022-06-07 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
CN114829626A (zh) * | 2019-10-10 | 2022-07-29 | 1859公司 | 用于微流体筛选的方法和系统 |
GB2604481A (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2022-09-07 | 1859 Inc | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
US11247209B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2022-02-15 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
JP2022552194A (ja) * | 2019-10-10 | 2022-12-15 | 1859,インク. | マイクロ流体スクリーニングのための方法およびシステム |
US11123735B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2021-09-21 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
US11919000B2 (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2024-03-05 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
WO2021072306A1 (en) * | 2019-10-10 | 2021-04-15 | 1859, Inc. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
EP4323100A4 (en) * | 2021-04-16 | 2025-03-12 | Plexium, Inc. | Assay devices for combinatorial libraries |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20210394178A1 (en) | 2021-12-23 |
JP7361700B2 (ja) | 2023-10-16 |
US20190358629A1 (en) | 2019-11-28 |
EP3687687A1 (en) | 2020-08-05 |
US20200324287A1 (en) | 2020-10-15 |
US20230234065A1 (en) | 2023-07-27 |
CN111971124B (zh) | 2022-08-23 |
US20220025358A1 (en) | 2022-01-27 |
WO2019060830A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 |
WO2019060830A9 (en) | 2019-05-09 |
KR20200120602A (ko) | 2020-10-21 |
KR102671480B1 (ko) | 2024-05-31 |
US10946383B2 (en) | 2021-03-16 |
US10828643B2 (en) | 2020-11-10 |
WO2019060857A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 |
US11084037B2 (en) | 2021-08-10 |
US11577249B2 (en) | 2023-02-14 |
CN115506034A (zh) | 2022-12-23 |
US12030057B2 (en) | 2024-07-09 |
JP2020534872A (ja) | 2020-12-03 |
KR20240091184A (ko) | 2024-06-21 |
US10981170B2 (en) | 2021-04-20 |
CN111971124A (zh) | 2020-11-20 |
EP3687687A4 (en) | 2021-11-17 |
US20200001295A1 (en) | 2020-01-02 |
IL273511A (en) | 2020-05-31 |
CA3076747A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 |
JP2024001119A (ja) | 2024-01-09 |
US20190093103A1 (en) | 2019-03-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12030057B2 (en) | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries | |
US11753675B2 (en) | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis | |
US11926867B2 (en) | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis | |
US20220333195A1 (en) | Method for transposase-mediated spatial tagging and analyzing genomic dna in a biological sample | |
CN113767177B (zh) | 生成用于空间分析的捕获探针 | |
CA3169591A1 (en) | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries, related systems, devices, and methods for detecting, analyzing, quantifying, and testing biologics/genetics | |
EP3844306A2 (en) | Increasing spatial array resolution | |
KR20190097239A (ko) | 세포 구획 내의 생체분자에 대한 직교 접근 및 그의 태그부착을 위한 분석 시스템 | |
US20230065224A1 (en) | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries, related systems, devices, and methods for detecting, analyzing, quantifying, and testing biologics/genetics | |
HK40085315A (en) | Oligonucleotide encoded chemical libraries |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: PLEXIUM, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:VIJAYAN, KANDASWAMY;MACCONNELL, ANDREW BOYD;ROKICKI, JOSEPH FRANKLIN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:048561/0354 Effective date: 20190124 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION |